Skip to content · ⁨コンテンツへスキップ⁩
Subjects · ⁨科目⁩

IGCSE Physics · ⁨IGCSE 物理⁩

Tips · ⁨ヒント⁩

IGCSE物理学 (0625) には6つのトピックがあります:運動、力、エネルギー;熱物理学;波動;電気と磁気;原子核物理学;宇宙物理学です。

まず自分のコースレベルを確認してください。 6つのコンポーネント对应的な試験紙が存在しますが、受けられる試験は基礎コースか発展コースへの登録状況によって決まります。発展コース限定の内容はカリキュラムの大きな部分を占めており、基礎コース受験生にとっては無意味な復習になってしまいます。

最もよく失点するのは最も容易に修正できるものです:単位の欠如、有効数字の桁数の間違い、そして導出元の数式なしに数値だけを示す回答です。定義は正確な用語に基づいて採点されます — 記憶した表現ではなく、原文 그대로 memorizeしてください。

  • 1

    Motion, forces and energy · ⁨運動、力およびエネルギー⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    1.1

    Measurement 测量 · ⁨測定⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the use of rulers and measuring cylinders to find a length or a volume
    2 Describe how to measure a variety of time intervals using clocks and digital timers
    3 Determine an average value for a small distance and for a short interval of time by measuring multiples (including the period of oscillation of a pendulum)
    4 Understand that a scalar quantity has magnitude (size) only and that a vector quantity has magnitude and direction
    5 Know that the following quantities are scalars: distance, speed, time, mass, energy and temperature
    6 Know that the following quantities are vectors: force, weight, velocity, acceleration, momentum, electric field strength and gravitational field strength
    7 Determine, by calculation or graphically, the resultant of two vectors at right angles, limited to forces or velocities only
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 定規やメジャーシリンダーを使用して長さや体積を求める使い方を説明する
    2 クロックやデジタルタイマーを用いて様々な時間間隔を測る方法を説明する
    3 複数の測定(単振動の周期などを含む)によって短い距離および短い時間の平均値を求める
    4 スカラー量 が大きさ(サイズ)のみを持ち、ベクトル量 が大きさと方向を持つことを理解する
    5 以下の物理量がスカラー量であることを知る: 距離、速さ、時間、質量、エネルギー、温度
    6 以下の物理量がベクトルであることを知る:力、重量、速度、加速度、運動量、電場強度、重力場強度
    7 2つの垂直なベクトルの合成ベクトルを計算または図示によって求める。対象は力と速度に限定する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Resolving a vector into components

    Length and volume

    Use a ruler 直尺 to measure length. Read the scale with your eye straight in front of the mark to avoid a reading error.

    Use a measuring cylinder 量筒 to measure the volume of a liquid. Read the scale at the bottom of the curved surface (the meniscus 弯月面), with your eye level with it.

    Measuring time

    Use a stopwatch 秒表 or a digital timer 数字计时器 to measure a time interval. A clock is fine for long times (minutes or hours). A stopwatch is started and stopped by hand, so each reading has a reaction time 反应时间 error of about 0.2 s. To make this error matter less, time a long interval, or time many repeats and divide (see below).

    Measuring small amounts

    A single small length or a short time is hard to measure well. The trick is to measure many and divide 测多个再相除:

    • To find the thickness of one page, measure 100 pages and divide by 100.
    • To find the time for one swing of a pendulum 摆, measure the time for 20 swings and divide by 20. One full swing is called the period 周期.

    This makes the uncertainty 不确定度 (the size of the error) much smaller.

    Scalars and vectors

    A scalar quantity 标量 has size (magnitude 大小) only. A vector quantity 矢量 has size and direction.

    • Scalars: distance, speed, time, mass 质量, energy 能量, temperature 温度.
    • Vectors: force 力, weight 重力, velocity 速度, acceleration 加速度, momentum 动量, electric field strength 电场强度, gravitational field strength 重力场强度.

    To add two vectors at right angles (90°), draw them as two sides of a rectangle. The resultant 合矢量 is the diagonal. Find its size with Pythagoras and its direction with trigonometry.

    $$R = \sqrt{a^2 + b^2}$$
    日本語
    ベクトルの成分への分解

    長さ・体積

    定規を使って長さを測る。目盛り錯誤を防ぐため、視線を目盛りの真前に合わせてスケールを読む。

    不規則な固体をメスシリンダーに沈める様子。水位の上昇分がその体積である
    不規則な固体が押し出す水量がその体積を示す
    弯月面の下端を视线と同一高さにしてメスシリンダーを読む
    メニスカスの下端で、目の高さを合わせてメジャリングシリンダーを読む

    量筒を使って液体の体積を測る。湾曲面(メニスカス)の下端でスケールを読み、視線をそれに合わせる。

    時間の測定

    ストップウォッチやデジタルタイマーを使って時間を測る。長い時間(分や時)には時計でも構わない。手動で開始・停止するため、各測定値には約0.2秒の反応時間誤差が含まれる。この誤差を小さくするには、長い間隔を測るか、多くの反復を測って平均をとる(以下参照)。

    少量の測定

    非常に短い長さや短暂な時間は正確に測定するのが困難です。その解決策は 多数を測定して割り算する ことです:

    • 一枚の紙の厚さを知るには、100枚分を測定して100で割ります。
    • 振り子 の一振りの時間を求めるには、20振りの時間を測定して20で割ります。一振りは 周期 と呼ばれます。

    これにより 不確かさ(誤差の大きさ)が大幅に小さくなります。

    スカラー量とベクトル量

    スカラー量 は大きさ(magnitude)のみを持ちます。ベクトル量 は大きさ および 方向を持ちます。

    • スカラー:距離、速さ、時間、質量、エネルギー、温度。
    • ベクトル例:力、重力、速度、加速度、運動量、電界の強さ、重力場の強さ。

    直角(90°)の二つのベクトルを加えるには、それらを長方形の二辺として描きます。合成ベクトル は対角線になります。大きさは三平方の定理で、方向は三角関数で見つけられます。

    $$R = \sqrt{a^2 + b^2}$$
    二つの垂直なベクトルが長方形の辺として描かれ、合成ベクトルが対角線になっている図
    直角にある二つのベクトルは、長方形の対角線である合成ベクトル $R$ に加算される
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Scalars & vectors · ⁨スカラー & ベクトル⁩

    resultant = a + b · ⁨合力 = a + b⁩

    Add two vectors tip-to-tail to find the resultant. · ⁨ベクトルを先頭と尾を接続して足し合わせ、合成ベクトルを求める。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    magnitude/ˈmæɡnɪtjuːd/ 大きさ
    vector quantity/ˈvektə ˈkwɒntɪti/ ベクトル量
    1.2

    Motion 运动 · ⁨運動⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 Define speed as distance travelled per unit time; recall and use the equation
    $$v = \frac{s}{t}$$
    2 Define velocity as speed in a given direction
    3 Recall and use the equation
    $$\text{average speed} = \frac{\text{total distance travelled}}{\text{total time taken}}$$
    9 Define acceleration as change in velocity per unit time; recall and use the equation
    $$a = \frac{\Delta v}{\Delta t}$$
    4 Sketch, plot and interpret distance–time and speed–time graphs
    5 Determine, qualitatively, from given data or the shape of a distance–time graph or speed–time graph when an object is: (a) at rest (b) moving with constant speed (c) accelerating (d) decelerating 10 Determine from given data or the shape of a speed–time graph when an object is moving with: (a) constant acceleration (b) changing acceleration
    6 Calculate speed from the gradient of a straight-line section of a distance–time graph 11 Calculate acceleration from the gradient of a speed–time graph
    7 Calculate the area under a speed–time graph to determine the distance travelled for motion with constant speed or constant acceleration
    12 Know that a deceleration is a negative acceleration and use this in calculations
    8 State that the acceleration of free fall $g$ for an object near to the surface of the Earth is approximately constant and is approximately $9.8\text{ m/s}^2$ 13 Describe the motion of objects falling in a uniform gravitational field with and without air/ liquid resistance, including reference to terminal velocity
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 速さを単位時間あたりに移動した距離として定義し、式
    $$v = \frac{s}{t}$$
    を思い出し用いる
    2 速度を特定の方向を持つ速さとして定義する
    3 式
    $$\text{average speed} = \frac{\text{total distance travelled}}{\text{total time taken}}$$
    を思い出し用いる
    9 加速度を単位時間あたりの速度の変化として定義し、式
    $$a = \frac{\Delta v}{\Delta t}$$
    を思い出し用いる
    4 距離–時間グラフおよび速度–時間グラフのスケッチ、プロット、解釈を行う
    5 与えられたデータや距離–時間グラフ、速度–時間グラフの形状から、物体が次の状態にあるかどうかを定性的に判断する:(a) 静止している (b) 一定の速さで動いている (c) 加速している (d) 減速している 10 与えられたデータや速度–時間グラフの形状から、物体が次の状態にあるかどうかを判断する:(a) 一定の加速度で動いている (b) 変化する加速度で動いている
    6 距離–時間グラフの直線部分の傾きから速さを計算する 11 速度–時間グラフの傾きから加速度を計算する
    7 速度–時間グラフの下の面積を計算して、一定の速さまたは一定の加速度での移動における移動距離を求める
    12 減速は負の加速度であり、これを計算に用いることを知る
    8 地球表面付近の物体の自由落下の加速度 $g$ はほぼ一定であり、約 $9.8\text{ m/s}^2$ であることを述べる 13 空气/液体抵抗の有無を含む一様重力場における落下物体の運動を説明し、終端速度にも触れる

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Speed and velocity

    Speed 速率 is the distance travelled per unit time.

    $$v = \frac{s}{t}$$

    Velocity is speed in a stated direction. So velocity is a vector but speed is a scalar.

    $$\text{average speed} = \frac{\text{total distance}}{\text{total time}}$$

    Acceleration

    Acceleration is the change in velocity per unit time.

    $$a = \frac{\Delta v}{\Delta t}$$

    Here $\Delta v$ means "the change in velocity". A deceleration 减速 (slowing down) is a negative acceleration.

    Worked example. A car speeds up from $8\ \text{m/s}$ to $20\ \text{m/s}$ in $4.0\ \text{s}$. Find its acceleration.

    $$a = \frac{\Delta v}{\Delta t} = \frac{20 - 8}{4.0} = 3.0\ \text{m/s}^2$$

    Motion graphs

    A distance–time graph 距离-时间图 shows how far an object has gone:

    • A flat (horizontal) line means the object is at rest 静止.
    • A straight slope means constant speed. The gradient 斜率 (steepness) is the speed.
    • A curve that gets steeper means the object is speeding up.

    A speed–time graph 速度-时间图 shows how fast an object is going:

    • A flat line means constant speed.
    • A straight slope means constant acceleration. The gradient is the acceleration.
    • The area under the line 线下面积 is the distance travelled.

    Falling objects

    Near the Earth the gravitational field is uniform 均匀 (the same strength everywhere), so all objects speed up as they fall at the same rate. This is the acceleration of free fall 自由落体加速度, $g \approx 9.8\ \text{m/s}^2$.

    When an object falls through air, air resistance 空气阻力 (a drag force) acts upward. As it speeds up, air resistance grows. When air resistance equals the weight, the resultant force is zero and the object stops speeding up. It then falls at a steady terminal velocity 收尾速度.

    日本語

    速さと速度

    速さ は単位時間あたりに移動した距離です。

    $$v = \frac{s}{t}$$

    速度 は指定された方向を持つ速さです。したがって速度はベクトルですが、速さはスカラーです。

    $$\text{average speed} = \frac{\text{total distance}}{\text{total time}}$$

    加速度

    加速度 は単位時間あたりの速度の変化量です。

    $$a = \frac{\Delta v}{\Delta t}$$

    ここで $\Delta v$ は「速度の変化」を意味します。減速(遅くなること)は負の加速度です。

    ** worked example.** 車が $8\ \text{m/s}$ から $20\ \text{m/s}$ まで $4.0\ \text{s}$ で加速しました。加速度を求めよ。

    $$a = \frac{\Delta v}{\Delta t} = \frac{20 - 8}{4.0} = 3.0\ \text{m/s}^2$$

    運動グラフ

    距離–時間グラフ は物体がどれだけ進んだかを示します:

    • 水平な線は物体が 静止中 であることを意味します。
    • 直線的な傾きは一定速を表します。勾配(急さ)が速さに相当します。
    • 曲線が次第に急になることは、物体が加速していることを意味します。
    水平な線、直線的な傾き、そして次第に急になる曲線の三つの距離–時間グラフ
    距離–時間の線の形状:水平は静止、直線的な傾きは一定速、上昇する曲線は加速

    速度–時間グラフ は物体がどれほど速く動いているかを示します:

    • 水平な線は一定速を表します。
    • 直線的な傾きは一定加速度を表します。勾配が加速度です。
    • 線の下側の 面積 が移動距離です。
    傾いた線を持ち、その勾配が加速度で、陰影部分の面積が距離を表す速度–時間グラフ
    速度–時間グラフにおいて、勾配は加速度であり、線の下側の面積は移動距離

    落下する物体

    地球付近では重力場は 均一(どこでも同じ強さ)なので、すべての物体は同じ割合で加速しながら落下します。これを 自由落下の加速度 といい、$g \approx 9.8\ \text{m/s}^2$ です。

    物体が空気中を落下するとき、上向きの 空気抵抗(Drag force)が働きます。速さが増すと空気抵抗も大きくなります。空気抵抗と重力が等しくなると合力はゼロになり、物体はそれ以上加速しません。その後、一定の 終端速度 で落下します。

    重量と空気抵抗の矢印付きの落下物体の図(直後と終端速度時)
    当初は重量が空気抵抗より大きいため物体は加速しますが、終端速度では両者が等しくなり、速度は一定になります
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Velocity–time graph · ⁨速度–時間グラフ⁩

    Change u and a. The gradient is the acceleration; the area under the line is the distance travelled. · ⁨u と a を変更します。勾配は加速度を表し、曲線下の面積は移動距離を表します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    force/fɔːs/ 力
    weight/weɪt/ 重力
    velocity/vəˈlɒsɪti/ 速度
    acceleration/əkˌseləˈreɪʃn/ 加速度
    speed/spiːd/ 速さ
    deceleration/dɪˌseləˈreɪʃn/ 減速
    distance–time graph/ˈdɪstəns taɪm ɡræf/ 距離-時間グラフ
    at rest/æt rest/ 静止している
    gradient/ˈɡreɪdɪənt/ 傾き
    speed–time graph/spiːd taɪm ɡræf/ 速度-時間グラフ
    area under the line/ˈeərɪə ˈʌndə ðə laɪn/ 曲線下の面積
    uniform/ˈjuːnɪfɔːm/ 均一
    acceleration of free fall/əkˌseləˈreɪʃn ɒv friː fɔːl/ 自由落下加速度
    air resistance/eə rɪˈzɪstəns/ 空気抵抗によるもの
    terminal velocity/ˈtɜːmɪnl vəˈlɒsɪti/ 終末速度
    matter/ˈmætə/ 物質
    1.3

    Mass and weight · ⁨質量と重さ⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 State that mass is a measure of the quantity of matter in an object at rest relative to the observer
    2 State that weight is a gravitational force on an object that has mass 5 Describe, and use the concept of, weight as the effect of a gravitational field on a mass
    3 Define gravitational field strength as force per unit mass; recall and use the equation
    $$g = \frac{W}{m}$$
    and know that this is equivalent to the acceleration of free fall
    4 Know that weights (and masses) may be compared using a balance
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 質量が、観測者に対して静止している物体に含まれる物質の量を表す指標であることを述べる
    2 重さが、質量を持つ物体に働く重力であることを述べる 5 重さを、重力場が質量に及ぼす効果として概念を用いて説明する
    3 重力場強度を単位質量あたりの力として定義し、式
    $$g = \frac{W}{m}$$
    を思い出し用いること、およびこれが自由落下の加速度と等価であることを知る
    4 重量(および質量)を天平を用いて比較できることを知る

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Mass is the amount of matter 物质 in an object. It is measured in kilograms (kg) and does not change when you move the object.

    Weight is the force of gravity on a mass. It is measured in newtons (N). Weight can change: it is smaller on the Moon because the Moon's gravity is weaker.

    Gravitational field strength is the force per unit mass:

    $$g = \frac{W}{m}$$

    This $g$ has the same value as the acceleration of free fall ($\approx 9.8\ \text{N/kg}$). You can compare masses with a balance 天平.

    日本語

    質量 は物体に含まれる 物質 の量です。キログラム (kg) で測られ、物体の位置を変えても変わりません。

    重さ は質量にかかる重力の力です。ニュートン (N) で測られます。重さは変化します:月の重力が弱いため、月では重さが小さくなります。

    重力場の強さ は単位質量あたりの力です:

    $$g = \frac{W}{m}$$

    この $g$ は自由落下の加速度($\approx 9.8\ \text{N/kg}$)と同じ値を持ちます。天平 を用いて質量を比較できます。

    实验室天平是测量质量的工具;重是该质量所受的引力
    实验室天平是测量质量的工具;重是该质量所受的引力
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Weight and mass · ⁨重力と質量⁩

    W = mg

    Weight is proportional to mass — the gradient is the gravitational field strength g (about 10 N/kg on Earth). · ⁨重力は質量に比例する — 傾きは重力場強度 g (地球では約 10 N/kg)。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    mass/mæs/ 質量
    balance/ˈbæləns/ バランス
    1.4

    Density 密度 · ⁨密度⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 Define density as mass per unit volume; recall and use the equation
    $$\rho = \frac{m}{V}$$
    2 Describe how to determine the density of a liquid, of a regularly shaped solid and of an irregularly shaped solid which sinks in a liquid (volume by displacement), including appropriate calculations
    3 Determine whether an object floats based on density data 4 Determine whether one liquid will float on another liquid based on density data given that the liquids do not mix
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 密度 を単位体積あたりの質量として定義し、方程式
    $$\rho = \frac{m}{V}$$
    を暗記して使用する
    2 液体、規則的な形状の固体、および液体中で沈む不規則な形状の固体(浮遊法による体積測定)の密度を求める方法、適切な計算を含めて説明する
    3 密度データに基づいて物体が浮くかどうかを判断する 4 液体が混ざり合わないことが条件で、密度データに基づいて一方の液体が他方の上に浮くかどうかを判断する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Density is the mass per unit volume.

    $$\rho = \frac{m}{V}$$

    The symbol $\rho$ is the Greek letter "rho". The unit is $\text{kg/m}^3$ or $\text{g/cm}^3$.

    To find density: measure the mass with a balance, find the volume, then divide.

    • Regular solid 规则固体 (like a box): measure the sides and calculate the volume.
    • Irregular solid 不规则固体 (a strange shape): lower it into water in a measuring cylinder. The rise in water level is its volume. This is the displacement method 排水法.
    • Liquid: put an empty measuring cylinder on the balance and read its mass. Pour in the liquid, read the volume on the cylinder, and read the mass again. The mass of the liquid is the difference between the two mass readings.

    An object floats 漂浮 if its density is less than the density of the liquid. It sinks if its density is greater. In the same way, one liquid floats on top of another (if the two do not mix) when its density is lower: oil floats on water.

    Worked example. A stone of mass $54\ \text{g}$ is lowered into a measuring cylinder. The water level rises from $20\ \text{cm}^3$ to $40\ \text{cm}^3$. Find the density of the stone.

    The volume of the stone is the rise in water level, $40 - 20 = 20\ \text{cm}^3$, so

    $$\rho = \frac{m}{V} = \frac{54}{20} = 2.7\ \text{g/cm}^3$$
    日本語

    密度 は単位体積あたりの質量です。

    $$\rho = \frac{m}{V}$$

    記号 $\rho$ はギリシャ文字「ロー(rho)」です。単位は $\text{kg/m}^3$ または $\text{g/cm}^3$ です。

    密度を求めるには:天平で質量を測定し、体積を求めてから割り算します。

    • 規則的な固体(箱など):辺の長さを測定して体積を計算します。
    • 不規則な固体(変形した形):水量器に入った水に沈めます。水位の上昇量が体積です。これを 排水法 といいます。
    • 液体:空の水量器を天平に乗せて質量を読みます。液体を注いで水量器の目盛りで体積を読み、再度質量を読みます。液体の質量は二回の質量読みの差です。

    物体の密度が液体の密度より小さい場合、物体は 浮上 します。密度が大きい場合は沈みます。同様に、互いに混ざり合わない液体同士では、密度の低い方が上に浮きます:油は水の上に浮きます。

    ** worked example.** 質量 $54\ \text{g}$ の石を水量器に沈めました。水位は $20\ \text{cm}^3$ から $40\ \text{cm}^3$ に上がりました。石の密度を求めよ。

    石の体積は水位の上昇量 $40 - 20 = 20\ \text{cm}^3$ なので、

    $$\rho = \frac{m}{V} = \frac{54}{20} = 2.7\ \text{g/cm}^3$$
    氷山は大部分が水中に隠れて怎麼いている: 氷の密度は水よりわずかに低い
    氷山は大部分が水中に隠れて怎麼いている: 氷の密度は水よりわずかに低い
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Floating and density · ⁨浮力と密度⁩

    Change the object's density and the liquid: it floats if it's less dense, and the denser it is the more sits underwater. Iron sinks in water but floats on mercury. · ⁨物体と液体の密度を変えると、密度が小さい場合は浮き、大きいほど水中に沈む部分が増える。鉄は水に沈むが水銀上には浮く。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    density/ˈdensɪti/ 密度
    regular solid/ˈreɡjʊlə ˈsɒlɪd/ 正多面体
    irregular solid/ɪˈreɡjʊlə ˈsɒlɪd/ 不規則立体
    displacement method/dɪˈspleɪsmənt ˈmeθəd/ 排水法
    floats/fləʊts/ 浮く
    shape/ʃeɪp/ 形
    extension/ekˈstenʃn/ 伸長
    load–extension graph/ləʊd ekˈstenʃn ɡræf/ 荷重-伸びグラフ
    limit of proportionality/ˈlɪmɪt ɒv prəˌpɔːʃəˈnælɪti/ 比例限度
    spring constant/sprɪŋ ˈkɒnstənt/ バネ定数
    resultant force/rɪˈzʌltənt fɔːs/ 合力
    circular motion/ˈsɜːkjʊlə ˈməʊʃn/ 円運動
    radius/ˈreɪdɪəs/ 半径
    friction/ˈfrɪkʃn/ 摩擦力
    1.5

    Forces · ⁨力⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    1.5.1 Effects of forces

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that forces may produce changes in the size and shape of an object 9 Define the spring constant as force per unit extension; recall and use the equation
    $$k = \frac{F}{x}$$
    2 Sketch, plot and interpret load–extension graphs for an elastic solid and describe the associated experimental procedures 10 Define and use the term ‘limit of proportionality’ for a load–extension graph and identify this point on the graph (an understanding of the elastic limit is not required)
    3 Determine the resultant of two or more forces acting along the same straight line 11 Recall and use the equation $F = ma$ and know that the force and the acceleration are in the same direction
    4 Know that an object either remains at rest or continues in a straight line at constant speed unless acted on by a resultant force
    5 State that a resultant force may change the velocity of an object by changing its direction of motion or its speed 12 Describe, qualitatively, motion in a circular path due to a force perpendicular to the motion as: (a) speed increases if force increases, with mass and radius constant (b) radius decreases if force increases, with mass and speed constant (c) an increased mass requires an increased force to keep speed and radius constant ($F = \frac{mv^2}{r}$ is not required)
    6 Describe solid friction as the force between two surfaces that may impede motion and produce heating
    7 Know that friction (drag) acts on an object moving through a liquid
    8 Know that friction (drag) acts on an object moving through a gas (e.g. air resistance)

    1.5.2 Turning effect of forces

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its turning effect and give everyday examples
    2 Define the moment of a force as $\text{moment} = \text{force} \times \text{perpendicular distance from the pivot}$; recall and use this equation
    3 Apply the principle of moments to situations with one force each side of the pivot, including balancing of a beam 5 Apply the principle of moments to other situations, including those with more than one force each side of the pivot
    4 State that, when there is no resultant force and no resultant moment, an object is in equilibrium 6 Describe an experiment to demonstrate that there is no resultant moment on an object in equilibrium

    1.5.3 Centre of gravity

    Core Supplement
    1 State what is meant by centre of gravity
    2 Describe an experiment to determine the position of the centre of gravity of an irregularly shaped plane lamina
    3 Describe, qualitatively, the effect of the position of the centre of gravity on the stability of simple objects
    日本語

    1.5.1 力の効果

    コア サプリメント
    1 力が物体の大きさや形状を変化させることがあることを知る 9 ばね定数を単位伸びあたりの力として定義し、式
    $$k = \frac{F}{x}$$
    を思い出し用いる
    2 弾性固体の荷重–伸びグラフのスケッチ、プロット、解釈を行い、関連する実験手順を説明する 10 荷重–伸びグラフにおける比例限界の用語を定義・使用し、グラフ上でその点を特定する(弾性限界の理解は不要)
    3 同一直線上に作用する2つ以上の力の合成力を求める 11 式 $F = ma$ を思い出し用い、力と加速度が同じ向きであることを知る
    4 合成力が働かない限り、物体は静止したままか一定の速さで一直线上に動き続けることを知る
    5 合成力は物体の進行方向や速さを変えることでその速度を変化させると述べる 12 運動に垂直な力によって生じる円周運動を定性的に説明する:(a) 質量と半径が一定の場合、力が増加すれば速さが増加する (b) 質量と速さが一定の場合、力が増加すれば半径が減少する (c) 速さと半径を一定に保つには質量が増加すれば力も増やす必要がある($F = \frac{mv^2}{r}$ は不要)
    6 固体摩擦を、2つの面間に働き運動を妨げたり発熱を生じたりする力として説明する
    7 液体中を動く物体に摩擦力(抵抗力)が働くことを知る
    8 気体(例:空気抵抗)中を動く物体に摩擦力(抵抗力)が働くことを知る

    1.5.2 力の回転効果

    コア サプリメント
    1 力のモーメントをその回転効果の度量として説明し、日常の例を挙げる
    2 力のモーメントを $\text{moment} = \text{force} \times \text{perpendicular distance from the pivot}$ と定義し、この式を思い出し用いる
    3 支点の両側にそれぞれ1つの力が働く状況、ビームの釣り合いを含む力のモーメントの原理を適用する 5 支点の両側に複数の力が働く他の状況も含め、力のモーメントの原理を適用する
    4 合成力がゼロで合成モーメントもゼロの場合、物体は**釣合(平衡)**状態にあると述べる 6 釣合状態にある物体には合成モーメントが働かないことを示す実験を説明する

    1.5.3 重心

    コア サプリメント
    1 重心の意味を述べる
    2 不規則な形状の平面板の重心の位置を求める実験を説明する
    3 重心の位置が単純な物体の安定性に与える影響を定性的に説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    The principle of moments
    Hooke's law & the elastic limit

    A force is a push or a pull. A force can change the shape 形状, the speed, or the direction of an object.

    Stretching (Hooke's law)

    When you hang a load on a spring, it stretches. The stretch is called the extension 伸长量.

    On a load–extension graph 载荷-伸长图 the line is straight at first: extension is proportional to load. The point where the line stops being straight is the limit of proportionality 比例极限.

    The experiment. Hang the spring from a clamp and stand a ruler beside it. Read the position of the bottom of the spring with no load: this is the original length. Add loads one at a time (for example 1 N each) and record the new length each time. The extension is the new length minus the original length. Plot load on the y-axis against extension on the x-axis.

    The spring constant 弹簧常数 is the force per unit extension:

    $$k = \frac{F}{x}$$

    A large $k$ means a stiff spring.

    Resultant force and Newton's laws

    Add forces on a straight line to get the resultant force 合力 (forces one way are positive, the other way negative).

    • If the resultant force is zero, the object stays at rest or keeps moving in a straight line at constant speed. (Newton's first law.)
    • If the resultant force is not zero, the object accelerates in the direction of the force:
    $$F = ma$$

    Worked example. A $1200\ \text{kg}$ car has a $3000\ \text{N}$ driving force and $600\ \text{N}$ of friction. Find its acceleration.

    First find the resultant force: $3000 - 600 = 2400\ \text{N}$. Then

    $$a = \frac{F}{m} = \frac{2400}{1200} = 2.0\ \text{m/s}^2$$

    Motion in a circle

    A resultant force at right angles to the motion does not change the speed. It changes the direction, so the object moves in a circle at a steady speed. This is circular motion 圆周运动. The force always points towards the centre of the circle: the pull of the string on a whirling ball, or the gravity of the Sun on a planet.

    For an object moving in a circle:

    • a bigger force is needed to keep the same mass moving at a higher speed in a circle of the same radius 半径;
    • a bigger force makes the same mass at the same speed move in a smaller circle (a smaller radius);
    • a bigger mass needs a bigger force to keep the same speed and the same radius.

    Friction

    Friction 摩擦力 is the force between two surfaces that touch. It tries to stop motion and makes things heat up. Drag (friction in a liquid or gas, like air resistance) also slows objects down.

    Moments — the turning effect

    The moment 力矩 of a force is its turning effect about a pivot 支点.

    $$\text{moment} = \text{force} \times \text{perpendicular distance from the pivot}$$

    The unit is the newton metre (N m).

    Principle of moments 力矩原理: when an object is balanced (in equilibrium 平衡),

    $$\text{total clockwise moment} = \text{total anticlockwise moment}$$

    An object is in equilibrium when there is no resultant force and no resultant moment.

    Worked example. A $30\ \text{N}$ weight sits $0.20\ \text{m}$ to the left of a pivot. How far to the right must a $20\ \text{N}$ weight sit to balance the beam?

    Balanced, so anticlockwise moment $=$ clockwise moment:

    $$30 \times 0.20 = 20 \times d \quad\Rightarrow\quad d = \frac{6.0}{20} = 0.30\ \text{m}$$

    Checking the principle by experiment. Balance a metre rule at its centre on a pivot. Hang a known weight on each side and move them until the rule balances again. Measure each distance from the pivot. Force × distance on the left equals force × distance on the right, within the small errors of measurement, so there is no resultant moment on a balanced object.

    Centre of gravity

    The centre of gravity 重心 is the single point where all the weight of an object seems to act.

    For a flat shape (lamina 薄片), hang it from a pin and let it settle; draw a vertical line down from the pin using a plumb line. Repeat from another point. The centre of gravity is where the lines cross.

    The stability 稳定性 of an object depends on where its centre of gravity is. An object is more stable 稳定 when its centre of gravity is low and its base is wide. It tips over when a vertical line down from the centre of gravity passes outside the base.

    日本語
    モーメントの原理
    フークの法則と弾性限度

    力は押しまたは引きです。力は物体の形状、速さ、または方向を変えることができます。

    伸長(フークの法則)

    バネに荷重をかけると伸びます。この伸びを変位と呼びます。

    荷重-変位グラフでは、最初は直線になります:変位は荷重に比例します。直線から外れる点が比例限界です。

    荷重-伸びグラフ:原点を通る直線が、ある点を超えると曲がる様子が描かれている
    荷重は比例限界まで伸びに比例する。それ以降、直線は曲がる

    実験のやり方。 クランプからスプリングを吊るし、その隣に定規を立てる。荷重をかけないときのスプリング下端の位置を読み取り、これが元の長さである。荷重を1つずつ加える(例:1 Nごと)。そのたびに新しい長さを記録する。伸びは「新しい長さ − 元の長さ」で求める。y軸に荷重、x軸に伸びをとってプロットする。

    ばね定数とは、単位伸びあたりの力である:

    $$k = \frac{F}{x}$$

    大きな$k$は、硬いスプリングを意味する。

    合力とニュートンの法則

    一直線上にある力を足して合力を求める(一方向きを正、他方を負とする)。

    • 合力がゼロなら、物体は静止したまままたは一定の速さで一直線に進む。(ニュートンの第一法則。)
    • 合力がゼロでなければ、物体は力の向きに加速する:
    $$F = ma$$
    地面にある箱に4つの矢印が描かれた図:垂直抗力が上、重力が下、押す力が右、摩擦力が左
    自由体図では、箱にかかっているすべての力が矢印とラベルで示されている

    ** worked example.** $1200\ \text{kg}$ の車が $3000\ \text{N}$ の駆動力と $600\ \text{N}$ の摩擦を受けている。加速度を求めよ。

    まず合力を求める:$3000 - 600 = 2400\ \text{N}$。次に

    $$a = \frac{F}{m} = \frac{2400}{1200} = 2.0\ \text{m/s}^2$$

    円運動

    運動方向に直角な合力は速さを変えない。しかし向きを変えるため、物体は一定の速さで円を描くように動く。これを円運動という。力は常に円の中心に向かう(回転するボールへの紐の張力や、太陽の惑星に対する重力など)。

    円運動をする物体について:

    • 同じ質量を同じ半径の円でより速く保つには、より大きな力が必要である;
    • より大きな力は、同じ質量・同じ速さの物体をより小さい円(より小さな半径)で動かす;
    • 質量が大きいほど、同じ速さと同じ半径を保つにはより大きな力が必要である。

    摩擦力

    摩擦力とは、接触している2つの表面の間で働く力である。運動を妨げようとし、物を熱くする。ERA(液体や気体中での摩擦、空気抵抗など)も物体を減速させる。

    モメント — 回転効果

    力のモメントとは、支点回りの回転効果のことである。

    $$\text{moment} = \text{force} \times \text{perpendicular distance from the pivot}$$

    単位はニュートンメートル (N m) である。

    モーメントの原理: 物体がつり合っている(平衡状態)とき、

    $$\text{total clockwise moment} = \text{total anticlockwise moment}$$

    合力および合力モーメントがゼロのとき、物体は平衡状態にある。

    中央の支点につり合ったビームに、両側に力と距離が描かれた図
    時計回りのモーメントと反時計回りのモーメントが等しいとき、ビームはつり合う

    ** worked example.** $30\ \text{N}$ の重りが支点の左側 $0.20\ \text{m}$ に置かれている。 $20\ \text{N}$ の重りを右側に何cmおけばビームがつり合うか?

    つり合っているので、反時計回りのモーメント $=$ 時計回りのモーメント:

    $$30 \times 0.20 = 20 \times d \quad\Rightarrow\quad d = \frac{6.0}{20} = 0.30\ \text{m}$$

    実験による確認。 メートル定規を支点で中央につり合わせる。両側に既知の重りを吊るし、定規が再びつり合うように移動させる。支点からの距離を測定する。左側の「力 × 距離」と右側の「力 × 距離」は、測定誤差の範囲内で等しくなる。つまり、つり合った物体には合力モーメントがない。

    重心

    重心とは、物体の全重量が作用しているかのように見える単一の点である。

    平面形状(板状物)については、ピンで吊るして静寂させ、鉛直糸を使ってピンの位置から垂直線を引く。別の点でも繰り返す。交わった点が重心である。

    物体の安定性は重心の位置に依存する。重心が低く、底面が広いほど安定している。重心から下ろした垂直線が底面の外に出たときに転倒する。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Forces & Newton's laws · ⁨力とニュートンの法則⁩

    F = ma (resultant) · ⁨F = ma (合力)⁩

    The resultant force sets the acceleration; balanced forces ⇒ none. · ⁨合力が加速度を決め、釣り合った力则有 ⇒ 加速度なし。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    moment/ˈməʊmənt/ 時点
    pivot/ˈpɪvət/ 支点
    principle of moments/ˈprɪnsɪpl ɒv ˈməʊmənts/ モーメントの法則
    equilibrium/ˌiːkwɪˈlɪbrɪəm/ 平衡
    centre of gravity/ˈsentə ɒv ˈɡrævɪti/ 重心
    lamina/ˈlæmɪnə/ 薄板(ラミナ)
    stability/stəˈbɪlɪti/ 安定性
    stable/ˈsteɪbl/ 安定
    1.6

    Momentum · ⁨運動量⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    Core Supplement
    1 Define momentum as mass $\times$ velocity; recall and use the equation $p = mv$
    2 Define impulse as force $\times$ time for which force acts; recall and use the equation $\text{impulse} = F\Delta t = \Delta(mv)$
    3 Apply the principle of the conservation of momentum to solve simple problems in one dimension
    4 Define resultant force as the change in momentum per unit time; recall and use the equation $F = \frac{\Delta p}{\Delta t}$

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Conservation of momentum in a collision

    Momentum is mass times velocity. It is a vector.

    $$p = mv$$

    Impulse 冲量 is the force times the time it acts, and it equals the change in momentum:

    $$\text{impulse} = F\,\Delta t = \Delta(mv)$$

    So the resultant force is the change in momentum per unit time:

    $$F = \frac{\Delta p}{\Delta t}$$

    Conservation of momentum 动量守恒: when objects collide and no outside force acts, the total momentum before equals the total momentum after.

    $$m_1 u_1 + m_2 u_2 = m_1 v_1 + m_2 v_2$$

    (Here $u$ is a velocity before and $v$ is a velocity after.)

    Worked example. A $2.0\ \text{kg}$ trolley moving at $3.0\ \text{m/s}$ hits a stationary $1.0\ \text{kg}$ trolley and they stick together. Find their common velocity afterwards.

    Total momentum is conserved, so

    $$(2.0 \times 3.0) + (1.0 \times 0) = (2.0 + 1.0)\,v \quad\Rightarrow\quad v = \frac{6.0}{3.0} = 2.0\ \text{m/s}$$
    日本語
    衝突における運動量の保存

    運動量は質量×速度である。ベクトルである。

    $$p = mv$$

    インパルスとは、力が働いた時間との積であり、運動量の増分に等しい:

    $$\text{impulse} = F\,\Delta t = \Delta(mv)$$

    したがって、合力は単位時間あたりの運動量の増分である:

    $$F = \frac{\Delta p}{\Delta t}$$

    運動量の保存: 物体が衝突して外力が働かない場合、衝突前の運動量の総和は衝突後の運動量の総和に等しい。

    $$m_1 u_1 + m_2 u_2 = m_1 v_1 + m_2 v_2$$

    (ここで $u$ は衝突前の速度、$v$ は衝突後の速度である。)

    ** worked example.** $2.0\ \text{kg}$ のカートが $3.0\ \text{m/s}$ で走っており、静止している $1.0\ \text{kg}$ のカートに衝突して一体化する。その後の共通速度を求めよ。

    運動量は保存されるので、

    $$(2.0 \times 3.0) + (1.0 \times 0) = (2.0 + 1.0)\,v \quad\Rightarrow\quad v = \frac{6.0}{3.0} = 2.0\ \text{m/s}$$
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Momentum in a collision · ⁨衝突時の運動量⁩

    Set the masses and speeds and collide them. Total momentum is conserved. · ⁨質量と速度を設定して衝突させます。運動量の保存則が成立します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    momentum/məʊˈmentəm/ 運動量
    electric field strength/ɪˈlektrɪk fiːld streŋθ/ 電界の強さ
    gravitational field strength/ˌɡrævɪˈteɪʃənl fiːld streŋθ/ 重力場の強さ
    resultant/rɪˈzʌltənt/ 合力
    motion/ˈməʊʃn/ 運動
    impulse/ˈɪmpʌls/ lv ra
    conservation of momentum/ˌkɒnsəˈveɪʃn ɒv məʊˈmentəm/ 運動量の保存
    stored/stɔːd/ 存储的
    kinetic/kɪˈnetɪk/ 運動エネルギー
    gravitational potential/ˌɡrævɪˈteɪʃənl pəˈtenʃl/ 重力ポテンシャル
    chemical/ˈkemɪkl/ 化学エネルギー
    elastic (strain)/ɪˈlæstɪk/ 弾性(ひずみ)
    nuclear/ˈnjuːklɪə/ 原子核
    electrostatic/ɪˌlektrəʊˈstætɪk/ 静電気的
    internal (thermal)/ɪnˈtɜːnl/ 内部(熱)エネルギー
    transferred/trænsˈfɜːd/ 移る(transferred)
    principle of conservation of energy/ˈprɪnsɪpl ɒv ˌkɒnsəˈveɪʃn ɒv ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー保存の法則
    Sankey diagram/ˈsæŋki ˈdaɪəɡræm/ サンキー図
    wasted/ˈweɪstɪd/ 無駄
    work done/wɜːk dʌn/ 気体が行う仕事
    joule/dʒuːl/ ジュール
    1.7

    Energy, work and power · ⁨エネルギー、仕事、出力⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    1.7.1 Energy

    Core Supplement
    1 State that energy may be stored as kinetic, gravitational potential, chemical, elastic (strain), nuclear, electrostatic and internal (thermal)
    2 Describe how energy is transferred between stores during events and processes, including examples of transfer by forces (mechanical work done), electrical currents (electrical work done), heating, and by electromagnetic, sound and other waves
    4 Recall and use the equation for kinetic energy $E_k = \frac{1}{2}mv^2$
    5 Recall and use the equation for the change in gravitational potential energy $\Delta E_p = mg\Delta h$
    3 Know the principle of the conservation of energy and apply this principle to simple examples including the interpretation of simple flow diagrams 6 Know the principle of the conservation of energy and apply this principle to complex examples involving multiple stages, including the interpretation of Sankey diagrams

    1.7.2 Work

    Core Supplement
    1 Understand that mechanical or electrical work done is equal to the energy transferred
    2 Recall and use the equation for mechanical working $W = Fd = \Delta E$

    1.7.3 Energy resources

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe how useful energy may be obtained, or electrical power generated, from: (a) chemical energy stored in fossil fuels (b) chemical energy stored in biofuels (c) water, including the energy stored in waves, in tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams (d) geothermal resources (e) nuclear fuel (f) light from the Sun to generate electrical power (solar cells) (g) infrared and other electromagnetic waves from the Sun to heat water (solar panels) and be the source of wind energy including references to a boiler, turbine and generator where they are used 4 Know that radiation from the Sun is the main source of energy for all our energy resources except geothermal, nuclear and tidal
    2 Describe advantages and disadvantages of each method in terms of renewability, availability, reliability, scale and environmental impact 5 Know that energy is released by nuclear fusion in the Sun
    6 Know that research is being carried out to investigate how energy released by nuclear fusion can be used to produce electrical energy on a large scale
    3 Understand, qualitatively, the concept of efficiency of energy transfer 7 Define efficiency as: (a) $(\%) \text{ efficiency} = \frac{\text{(useful energy output)}}{\text{(total energy input)}} (\times 100\%)$ (b) $(\%) \text{ efficiency} = \frac{\text{(useful power output)}}{\text{(total power input)}} (\times 100\%)$ recall and use these equations

    1.7.4 Power

    Core Supplement
    1 Define power as work done per unit time and also as energy transferred per unit time; recall and use the equations (a) $P = \frac{W}{t}$ (b) $P = \frac{\Delta E}{t}$
    日本語

    1.7.1 エネルギー

    コア サプリメント
    1 エネルギーが運動エネルギー、重力位置エネルギー、化学エネルギー、弾性(歪み)エネルギー、核エネルギー、静電気エネルギー、および内部(熱的)エネルギーとして蓄えられることを述べる
    2 事象やプロセス中でのエネルギーの移動について記述し、力のによる移動(機械的仕事)、電流による移動(電気的仕事)、加熱、および電磁波、音波その他の波による移動の例を含む
    4 運動エネルギーの方程式 $E_k = \frac{1}{2}mv^2$ を暗記して使用する
    5 重力ポテンシャルエネルギーの変化の方程式 $\Delta E_p = mg\Delta h$ を暗記して使用する
    3 エネルギー保存の原理を理解し、単純な例(簡単なフロー図の解釈を含む)に適用する。 6 複雑な例(複数の工程を含む、サンキー図の解釈を含む)にエネルギー保存の原理を適用できる。

    1.7.2 仕事

    コア サプリメント
    1 機械的または電気的仕事は、移動したエネルギーに等しいことを理解すること
    2 機械的仕事の式$W = Fd = \Delta E$を記憶して適用すること

    1.7.3 エネルギー資源

    コア サプリメント
    1 以下の方法による有用エネルギーの生成または電気電力の発生について説明する: (a) 化石燃料に蓄積された化学エネルギー (b) バイオ燃料に蓄積された化学エネルギー (c) 水、および波、潮、水力発電ダムの背後に蓄積されたエネルギー (d) 地熱資源 (e) 核燃料 (f) 太陽からの光による電気電力発生(太陽電池) (g) 太陽からの赤外線および他の電磁波による給湯(太陽熱パネル)および風力発生源としての役割(ボイラー、タービン、発電機の使用時を含める)。 4 地熱、原子力、潮汐以外のすべてのエネルギー源の主なエネルギー源は太陽放射であることを知る。
    2 各方法の再生可能性、入手可能性、信頼性、規模、環境影響の観点からの利点と欠点を説明する。 5 太陽では核融合によってエネルギーが放出されることを知る。
    6 核融合によって放出されるエネルギーを大規模に電気エネルギーに変換する方法の研究が進められていることを知る
    3 エネルギー転換の効率性の概念を、定性的に理解する 7 効率性を次のように定義する:(a) $(\%) \text{ efficiency} = \frac{\text{(useful energy output)}}{\text{(total energy input)}} (\times 100\%)$ (b) $(\%) \text{ efficiency} = \frac{\text{(useful power output)}}{\text{(total power input)}} (\times 100\%)$ これらの式を記憶し、使用できる

    1.7.4 出力

    コア サプリメント
    1 出力を、単位時間あたりの仕事、および単位時間あたりのエネルギー移動として定義し、以下の式を記憶して適用すること:(a) $P = \frac{W}{t}$ (b) $P = \frac{\Delta E}{t}$

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Energy stores

    Energy can be stored 储存 in different ways: kinetic 动能, gravitational potential 重力势能, chemical 化学能, elastic (strain) 弹性势能, nuclear 核能, electrostatic 静电能, and internal (thermal) 内能.

    Energy is transferred 转移 between stores by forces (mechanical work), by electric currents, by heating, and by waves (such as light and sound).

    Kinetic and potential energy

    Kinetic energy is the energy of a moving object:

    $$E_k = \frac{1}{2}mv^2$$

    The change in gravitational potential energy when an object goes up or down by a height $\Delta h$:

    $$\Delta E_p = mg\,\Delta h$$

    Conservation of energy

    The principle of conservation of energy 能量守恒定律 says energy is never made or destroyed; it only moves between stores. A falling object turns gravitational potential energy into kinetic energy. A Sankey diagram 桑基图 shows how the input energy splits into useful energy and wasted 浪费 energy.

    Worked example. A $0.50\ \text{kg}$ ball is dropped from a height of $1.8\ \text{m}$. Ignoring air resistance, find its speed just before it lands. (Take $g = 10\ \text{m/s}^2$.)

    All the gravitational potential energy becomes kinetic energy, so $\tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 = mg\,\Delta h$. The mass cancels, leaving $v^2 = 2g\,\Delta h$:

    $$v = \sqrt{2 \times 10 \times 1.8} = \sqrt{36} = 6.0\ \text{m/s}$$

    Because the mass cancels, every object dropped from this height would land at the same speed.

    Work

    Work done 做功 equals the energy transferred. When a force moves an object:

    $$W = Fd = \Delta E$$

    The unit of work and energy is the joule 焦耳 (J).

    Power

    Power 功率 is the work done (or energy transferred) per unit time.

    $$P = \frac{W}{t} = \frac{\Delta E}{t}$$

    The unit is the watt 瓦特 (W). $1\ \text{W} = 1\ \text{J/s}$.

    Efficiency

    Efficiency 效率 tells you how much of the input energy becomes useful energy.

    $$\text{efficiency} = \frac{\text{useful energy output}}{\text{total energy input}} \times 100\%$$

    Efficiency is always less than 100% because some energy is always wasted (usually as heat). The same idea works with power:

    $$\text{efficiency} = \frac{\text{useful power output}}{\text{total power input}} \times 100\%$$

    Worked example. A motor is supplied with $200\ \text{J}$ of electrical energy and lifts a load, giving it $150\ \text{J}$ of gravitational potential energy. Find its efficiency.

    $$\text{efficiency} = \frac{150}{200} \times 100\% = 75\%$$

    Energy resources

    We generate electricity from many energy resources. Most spin a turbine that drives a generator – often by boiling water to make steam (fossil fuels, nuclear fuel, geothermal, biofuels), or directly by moving water or air (hydroelectric, waves, tides, wind). Solar cells make electricity from sunlight directly; solar panels heat water.

    Resource Renewable? Notes
    fossil fuels (coal, oil, gas) no reliable, high output, but CO₂ and pollution
    nuclear fuel no huge output, no CO₂, but radioactive waste
    biofuels yes roughly carbon-neutral if replanted
    hydroelectric yes reliable, but a dam floods land
    wind yes clean, but intermittent
    solar yes clean, but only in daylight
    geothermal / tidal yes reliable but limited to certain places

    When you compare resources, use these five ideas: renewability 可再生性 (will it run out?), availability 可用性 (is it always there? the wind can drop and the Sun sets), reliability 可靠性 (does it give a steady output?), scale 规模 (how much energy can it supply?) and environmental impact 环境影响 (pollution, carbon dioxide, land flooded by a dam).

    Most of these trace back to the Sun (fossil fuels are ancient stored sunlight; wind and waves come from solar heating) – the exceptions are geothermal, nuclear, and tidal energy. The Sun itself is powered by nuclear fusion 核聚变, joining hydrogen nuclei into helium. Scientists are researching how to use fusion in power stations on Earth, but no fusion reactor yet gives out more electrical energy than it uses.

    日本語

    エネルギー貯蔵

    エネルギーは異なる方法で蓄えられる:運動エネルギー、重力ポテンシャルエネルギー、化学エネルギー、弾性(歪み)エネルギー、核エネルギー、静電エネルギー、内部エネルギー(熱エネルギー)。

    エネルギーは力(機械的仕事)、電気回路、加熱、波(光や音など)によって貯蔵間を移動する。

    青空の下、海に立つ白い風力発電タービンの列
    風力発電タービンは、動く空気の運動エネルギーから電気エネルギーへ変換する

    運動エネルギーとポテンシャルエネルギー

    運動エネルギーとは、動く物体の持つエネルギーである:

    $$E_k = \frac{1}{2}mv^2$$

    物体が高さ$\Delta h$ だけ上昇または下降したときの重力ポテンシャルエネルギーの変化:

    $$\Delta E_p = mg\,\Delta h$$

    エネルギー保存則

    エネルギー保存の法則は、エネルギーは創生も消滅もしず、ただ貯蔵間を移動するのみであると述べる。落下する物体は重力ポテンシャルエネルギーを運動エネルギーに変換する。サンキー図は、入力エネルギーが有効エネルギーと散逸エネルギーにどのように分配されるかを示す。

    振り子の最高点2つと最低点を示した図で、振動の高さが記されている
    エネルギーは重力位置エネルギー(最高点)と運動エネルギー(最低点)の間で移動する
    カーブしたレールを下りるローラーコースター、背後には高い丘がある
    ローラーコースターでは、山の頂上に蓄えられた重力位置エネルギーが、車両が加速して下りる際に運動エネルギーに変換される

    ** worked example.** $0.50\ \text{kg}$のボールを高さ$1.8\ \text{m}$から落下させる。空気抵抗を無視して、着地直前の速度を求めよ。($g = 10\ \text{m/s}^2$とする。)

    すべての重力位置エネルギーが運動エネルギーになるため、$\tfrac{1}{2}mv^2 = mg\,\Delta h$となる。質量は約分され、$v^2 = 2g\,\Delta h$が残る:

    $$v = \sqrt{2 \times 10 \times 1.8} = \sqrt{36} = 6.0\ \text{m/s}$$

    質量が約分されるため、この高さから落下するあらゆる物体は同じ速度で着地する。

    仕事

    行われた仕事は移転されたエネルギーに等しい。ある力が物体を動かすとき:

    $$W = Fd = \Delta E$$

    仕事とエネルギーの単位はジュール (J) である。

    出力

    出力とは、単位時間あたりに行われた仕事(または移転されたエネルギー)のことである。

    $$P = \frac{W}{t} = \frac{\Delta E}{t}$$

    単位はワット (W) である。$1\ \text{W} = 1\ \text{J/s}$。

    効率

    効率は、入力エネルギーのうち有効なエネルギーにどれだけ変化したかを示す。

    $$\text{efficiency} = \frac{\text{useful energy output}}{\text{total energy input}} \times 100\%$$

    効率は常に100%未満である。なぜなら、必ず何らかの形でエネルギーが散逸するからである(通常は熱として)。同じ考え方は出力にも当てはまる:

    $$\text{efficiency} = \frac{\text{useful power output}}{\text{total power input}} \times 100\%$$

    ** worked example.** モーターに$200\ \text{J}$の電気エネルギーが供給され、負荷を持ち上げて重力位置エネルギー$150\ \text{J}$を与えた。その効率を求めよ。

    $$\text{efficiency} = \frac{150}{200} \times 100\% = 75\%$$
    広い入力帯が有効な帯と散逸した帯に分かれるサンキー図
    このモーターのサンキー図:帯の幅はエネルギーに比例しており、200 Jの入力は150 Jの有効エネルギーと50 Jの熱としての散逸エネルギーに分割される

    エネルギー資源

    私たちは様々なエネルギー資源から電力を生産している。多くはタービンを回転させ、それが発電機を駆動する——水蒸気を作るために水を沸騰させることで(化石燃料、核燃料、地熱、バイオ燃料)、または水や空気の動きで直接駆動することで(水力発電、波浪、潮位差、風力)。太陽電池は日光から直接電力を作り、太陽光パネルは水を加熱する。

    資源 再生可能? 備考
    化石燃料(石炭、石油、天然ガス) いいえ 安定性が高く、大規模だが、CO₂と汚染を含む
    核燃料 いいえ 巨大な出力、CO₂排出なし、しかし放射性廃棄物あり
    バイオ燃料 はい 再植栽すればほぼカーボンニュートラル
    水力発電 はい 安定性が高いが、ダムにより土地が濫する
    風力 はい 清浄だが、間欠的である
    太陽光 はい 清浄だが、日中のみ利用可能
    地熱 / 潮汐 はい 安定性が高いが、特定の地域に限定される

    資源を比較する際は、以下の5つの観点を用いる:再生可能性(枯渇するか?)、可用性(常に存在するか? 風が弱まったり太陽が沈んだりすることもある)、信頼性(安定した出力を得られるか?)、スケール(どの程度のエネルギーを供給できるか)、および環境影響(汚染、二酸化炭素、ダムの氾濫による土地損失)。

    これらのほとんどの源は太陽に由来する(化石燃料は古代に蓄積された日光であり、風や波浪は太陽熱によるものである)。例外は地熱、核エネルギー、潮汐エネルギーである。太陽自体は核融合によって動力を得ており、水素原子核が結合してヘリウムになっている。科学者たちは地球の発電所で融合を利用する方法を研究しているが、まだ融合炉で得られる電気エネルギーが消費量を上回るものは存在しない。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Energy flow & efficiency · ⁨エネルギーの流れと効率⁩

    Input energy splits into useful output and wasted energy; efficiency is the useful fraction, and the total is always conserved. · ⁨入力エネルギーは有用な出力と散逸エネルギーに分かれ、効率は有用な割合であり、総エネルギーは常に保存される。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Conservation of energy · ⁨エネルギー保存の法則⁩

    Drop the object: GPE turns into KE, and the total stays the same when there's no friction. · ⁨物体を落下させます:重力位置エネルギーが運動エネルギーに変換され、摩擦がない場合総エネルギーは一定です。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    measurement/ˈmeʒəmənt/ 測定
    ruler/ˈruːlə/ 支配者
    measuring cylinder/ˈmeʒərɪŋ ˈsɪlɪndə/ メジャーリングカップ
    meniscus/ˈmenɪskəs/ 弯月面
    stopwatch/ˈstɒpwɒtʃ/ ストップウォッチ
    digital timer/ˈdɪdʒɪtl ˈtaɪmə/ デジタルタイマー
    reaction time/rɪˈækʃn taɪm/ 反応時間
    measure many and divide/ˈmeʒə ˈmeni ænd dɪˈvaɪd/ 多数測定して平均を取る
    pendulum/ˈpendjʊləm/ 振り子
    period/ˈpɪərɪəd/ 周期の変化率である
    uncertainty/ʌnˈsɜːtənti/ 不確実性
    scalar quantity/ˈskeɪlə ˈkwɒntɪti/ スカラー量
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    temperature/ˈtemprɪtʃə/ 温度
    power/ˈpaʊə/ 電力
    watt/wɒt/ ワット
    efficiency/ɪˈfɪʃənsi/ 効率
    renewability/rɪˌnjuːəˈbɪlɪti/ 再生可能性
    availability/əˌveɪləˈbɪlɪti/ 可用性
    reliability/rɪˌlaɪəˈbɪlɪti/ 信頼性
    scale/skeɪl/ スケール
    environmental impact/enˌvaɪrənˈmentl ˈɪmpækt/ 環境への影響
    nuclear fusion/ˈnjuːklɪə ˈfjuːʒn/ 核融合
    1.8

    Pressure 压强 · ⁨圧力⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 Define pressure as force per unit area; recall and use the equation $p = \frac{F}{A}$
    2 Describe how pressure varies with force and area in the context of everyday examples
    3 Describe, qualitatively, how the pressure beneath the surface of a liquid changes with depth and density of the liquid 4 Recall and use the equation for the change in pressure beneath the surface of a liquid $\Delta p = \rho g \Delta h$
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 圧力を、単位面積あたりの力として定義し、式$p = \frac{F}{A}$を記憶して適用すること
    2 日常の例の文脈において、圧力が力および面積とともにどのように変化するかを記述すること
    3 液体表面下における圧力が深さと密度にどのように変化するかを、定性的に説明する 4 液体表面下の圧力の変化に関する式 $\Delta p = \rho g \Delta h$ を記憶し、使用できる

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Pressure is the force per unit area.

    $$p = \frac{F}{A}$$

    The unit is the pascal 帕斯卡 (Pa). $1\ \text{Pa} = 1\ \text{N/m}^2$.

    A small area gives a large pressure (a sharp knife cuts well). A large area gives a small pressure (snowshoes stop you sinking).

    Pressure in a liquid

    In a liquid, pressure increases with depth 深度 and with the liquid's density:

    $$\Delta p = \rho g \,\Delta h$$

    This is why a dam is built thicker at the bottom, where the water pressure is greatest. Pressure in a liquid acts in all directions.

    Worked example. Find the extra pressure at a depth of $2.0\ \text{m}$ in water (density $1000\ \text{kg/m}^3$, $g = 10\ \text{N/kg}$).

    $$\Delta p = \rho g\,\Delta h = 1000 \times 10 \times 2.0 = 20\,000\ \text{Pa}$$
    日本語

    圧力とは、単位面積あたりの力である。

    $$p = \frac{F}{A}$$

    単位はパスカル (Pa) である。$1\ \text{Pa} = 1\ \text{N/m}^2$。

    小さな面は大きな圧力を生む(鋭利なナイフはよく切れる)。大きな面は小さな圧力を生む(雪上靴は沈み込むのを防ぐ)。

    液体中の圧力

    液体中では、圧力は深さと液体の密度とともに増加する:

    $$\Delta p = \rho g \,\Delta h$$

    これがダムの下部が厚く造られている理由である。水深最深的部分で水圧が最大だからだ。液体中の圧力はあらゆる方向に働く。

    側壁の外側へ矢印が突き出ている液体タンク、矢印の長さは深さとともに増える
    液体が深いほど圧力も大きくなるため、壁に対する外向きの押し出しは深さとともに増大する
    湖を堰き止める巨大な湾曲コンクリート壁のフーバーダム
    実際のダムは下部が非常に厚く造られており、最も深いところで水が最も強く押し寄せてくるためである

    ** worked example.** 水深$2.0\ \text{m}$における追加の圧力を求めよ(水密度$1000\ \text{kg/m}^3$、$g = 10\ \text{N/kg}$)。

    $$\Delta p = \rho g\,\Delta h = 1000 \times 10 \times 2.0 = 20\,000\ \text{Pa}$$
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Pressure · ⁨圧力⁩

    p = ρg·h

    Pressure in a liquid is proportional to depth. · ⁨液体の圧力は深さに比例する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    pressure/ˈpreʃə/ 圧力
    pascal/ˈpæskl/ パスカル
    depth/depθ/ 奥行き
    1.8

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • On a distance–time graph the gradient is the speed; on a speed–time graph the gradient is the acceleration and the area under the line is the distance travelled. Never read one graph as if it were the other.
    • Mass (kg) is the amount of matter and is the same everywhere; weight (N) is the force of gravity, $W = mg$. On the Moon your mass is unchanged but your weight is smaller.
    • Speed is a scalar; velocity is a vector. Something moving at steady speed around a curve is still accelerating, because its direction keeps changing.
    • In Hooke's law, load is proportional to extension only up to the limit of proportionality. Use the extension (stretched length − original length), never the whole length.
    • Momentum $p = mv$ is conserved in a collision. Give each velocity a $+$ or $-$ sign for its direction before you add them.
    • Convert units first (cm → m, g → kg). Use $p = F/A$ for a solid pressing on a surface, but $p = \rho g h$ for the pressure inside a liquid — they are different formulas.
    日本語
    • 距離–時間グラフの傾きは速度、速度–時間グラフの傾きは加速度であり、線の下にある面積は移動した距離である。一つのグラフを別のグラフのように読み取ってはいけない。
    • 質量 (kg) は物質の量を表し、どこでも一定である;重量 (N) は重力の力であり、$W = mg$。月面上では質量は変わらないが、重量は小さくなる。
    • 速さはスカラー、速度はベクトルである。一定の速さでカーブを描いて動く物体でも、方向が常に変化するため、依然として加速している。
    • フークの法則において、負荷は比例限度まで伸長に比例する。伸長(引き伸ばされた長さ − 元の長さ)を使用し、全長を使用してはいけない。
    • 運動量$p = mv$は衝突時に保存される。加算する前に、各速度に対して$+$または$-$の符号を方向として与える。
    • まず単位を変換する(cm → m, g → kg)。固体が表面を押す場合、$p = F/A$を使用するが、液体内部の圧力については$p = \rho g h$を使用する——これらは異なる式である。
  • 2

    Thermal physics · ⁨熱物理学⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    2.1

    States of matter 物态 · ⁨状態⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    2.1.1 States of matter

    Core Supplement
    1 Know the distinguishing properties of solids, liquids and gases
    2 Know the terms for the changes in state between solids, liquids and gases (gas to solid and solid to gas transfers are not required)

    2.1.2 Particle model

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the particle structure of solids, liquids and gases in terms of the arrangement, separation and motion of the particles and represent these states using simple particle diagrams 6 Know that the forces and distances between particles (atoms, molecules, ions and electrons) and the motion of the particles affects the properties of solids, liquids and gases
    2 Describe the relationship between the motion of particles and temperature, including the idea that there is a lowest possible temperature ($-273\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$), known as absolute zero, where the particles have least kinetic energy
    3 Describe the pressure and the changes in pressure of a gas in terms of the motion of its particles and their collisions with a surface 7 Describe the pressure and the changes in pressure of a gas in terms of the forces exerted by particles colliding with surfaces, creating a force per unit area
    4 Know that the random motion of microscopic particles in a suspension is evidence for the kinetic particle model of matter 8 Know that microscopic particles may be moved by collisions with light fast-moving molecules and correctly use the terms atoms or molecules as distinct from microscopic particles
    5 Describe and explain this motion (sometimes known as Brownian motion) in terms of random collisions between the microscopic particles in a suspension and the particles of the gas or liquid

    2.1.3 Gases and the absolute scale of temperature

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe qualitatively, in terms of particles, the effect on the pressure of a fixed mass of gas of: (a) a change of temperature at constant volume (b) a change of volume at constant temperature 3 Recall and use the equation $pV = \text{constant}$ for a fixed mass of gas at constant temperature, including a graphical representation of this relationship
    2 Convert temperatures between kelvin and degrees Celsius; recall and use the equation $T\text{ (in K)} = \theta\text{ (in }^{\circ}\text{C)} + 273$
    日本語

    2.1.1 物質の状態

    コア サプリメント
    1 固体、液体、気体の区別される性質を知ること
    2 固体、液体、気体間の状態変化に関する用語を知ること(気体から固体、および固体から気体への変換は不要)

    2.1.2 粒子モデル

    コア サプリメント
    1 固体、液体、気体の粒子構造を、粒子の配置、間隔、運動の観点から記述し、単純な粒子図を用いてこれらの状態を表す 6 粒子(原子、分子、イオン、電子)間の力や距離、および粒子の運動が、固体・液体・気体の性質に影響することを理解している
    2 粒子の運動と温度との関係、すなわち最低の可能な温度($-273\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$)が存在し、これを絶対零度といい、このとき粒子の運動エネルギーが最小になるという考えを含むことを記述すること
    3 気体の圧力およびその変化を、粒子の運動と表面との衝突の観点から説明する 7 気体の圧力およびその変化を、粒子が表面に衝突することで単位面積あたりの力を生み出すという力の観点から説明する
    4 懸濁液中の微視的粒子のランダム運動は、物質の運動論的粒子モデルの証拠であることを知る 8 微視的粒子は、非常に速く動く分子との衝突によって動かされ得ることを知り、原子や分子を微視的粒子とは区別して正しく使用する
    5 懸濁液中の微視的粒子と気体または液体の粒子との間のランダムな衝突の観点から、この運動( sometimes ブラウン運動とも呼ばれる)を記述・説明すること

    2.1.3 気体と絶対温度スケール

    コア サプリメント
    1 一定質量の気体の圧力に対する以下の影響を、粒子の観点から定性的に説明する:(a) 一定体積での温度変化 (b) 一定温度での体積変化 3 一定温度における一定質量の気体に対する式 $pV = \text{constant}$ を記憶し、使用でき、またこの関係のグラフ表現も理解している
    2 ケルビンと摂氏の間の温度変換を行い、式$T\text{ (in K)} = \theta\text{ (in }^{\circ}\text{C)} + 273$を記憶して適用すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Kinetic theory: gas pressure

    Matter exists in three states: solid 固体, liquid 液体 and gas 气体.

    State Shape Volume Particles
    Solid fixed fixed close together, in a regular pattern, vibrating
    Liquid takes the shape of the container fixed close together, no pattern, can move past each other
    Gas fills the container changes far apart, fast, random motion

    The changes of state are: melting (solid → liquid), boiling/evaporating (liquid → gas), condensation 凝结 (gas → liquid) and solidification 凝固 (liquid → solid). In condensation the gas particles slow down and come close together to form a liquid. In solidification the liquid particles lose energy and settle into fixed positions.

    日本語
    気体分子運動論:気体圧力

    物質は3つの状態が存在する:固体、液体、および気体。

    状態 形状 体積 粒子
    固体 固定 固定 密接に詰まり、規則的な配列で振動している
    液体 容器の形を取る 固定 密接に詰まっており、配列はないが互いに滑り合うことができる
    気体 容器を満たす 変化する 離れており、速く、ランダムな運動

    状態変化には、融解(固体→液体)、沸騰・蒸発(液体→気体)、凝縮(気体→液体)、凝固(液体→固体)があります。凝縮では気体粒子の運動が速さが減り、互いに接近して液体を形成します。凝固では液体粒子はエネルギーを失い、固定された位置に落ち着きます。

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    states of matter/steɪts ɒv ˈmætə/ 物質の状態
    solid/ˈsɒlɪd/ 固体
    liquid/ˈlɪkwɪd/ 液体
    gas/ɡæs/ 気体
    condensation/kɒndenˈseɪʃn/ 縮合
    solidification/səˌlɪdɪfɪˈkeɪʃn/ 凝固
    kinetic particle model/kɪˈnetɪk ˈpɑːtɪkl ˈmɒdl/ 運動粒子モデル
    2.1

    The kinetic particle model 分子动理论 · ⁨運動論的粒子モデル⁩

    English

    All matter is made of tiny particles 粒子 that are always moving. This is the kinetic particle model.

    • In a solid the particles only vibrate 振动 about fixed positions.
    • In a liquid they are still close but can slide past each other.
    • In a gas they are far apart and move quickly in random directions.

    Temperature and particle energy

    When you heat a substance, its particles move faster, so they have more kinetic energy 动能. Temperature 温度 is a measure of the average kinetic energy of the particles.

    The lowest possible temperature is absolute zero 绝对零度, $-273\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$. At this point the particles have the least possible energy.

    Gas pressure

    Gas particles hit the walls of their container. Each hit is a tiny push. The pressure 压强 of the gas is the total force of these hits per unit area.

    • Heating a gas (at constant volume) makes particles move faster and hit harder and more often, so the pressure rises.
    • Squeezing a gas into a smaller volume (at constant temperature) means more hits per second on each unit of area, so the pressure rises.

    For a fixed mass of gas at constant temperature:

    $$pV = \text{constant}$$

    So if the volume halves, the pressure doubles.

    Worked example. A gas has a volume of $200\ \text{cm}^3$ at a pressure of $100\ \text{kPa}$. It is squeezed to $50\ \text{cm}^3$ at constant temperature. Find the new pressure.

    Since $pV$ stays constant, $p_1 V_1 = p_2 V_2$:

    $$100 \times 200 = p_2 \times 50 \quad\Rightarrow\quad p_2 = \frac{20\,000}{50} = 400\ \text{kPa}$$

    Brownian motion

    If you look at smoke in air under a microscope, you see tiny specks moving in a jerky, random way. This is Brownian motion 布朗运动. The specks are pushed by fast, invisible air particles hitting them. It is strong evidence for the kinetic particle model.

    The kelvin scale

    Scientists often use the kelvin 开尔文 (K) temperature scale, which starts at absolute zero. To convert:

    $$T\text{ (in K)} = \theta\text{ (in }^{\circ}\text{C}) + 273$$

    So $0\,{}^{\circ}\text{C} = 273\ \text{K}$.

    Worked example. Convert $25\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$ to kelvin, and $200\ \text{K}$ to degrees Celsius.

    $$25 + 273 = 298\ \text{K}, \qquad 200 - 273 = -73\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$$
    日本語

    すべての物質は、常に動いている微小な粒子で構成されています。これを運動論的粒子モデルといいます。

    • 固体では、粒子は固定された位置の周りにのみ振動します。
    • 液体では、粒子は依然として互いに近接していますが、滑りながら移動できます。
    • 気体では、粒子は互いに離れており、ランダムな方向に素早く動いています。
    3つの粒子箱:固体の整然とした格子、液体の密集した混在、気体の数個の高速粒子
    3つの状態における同じ粒子:固体では固定され秩序立てられ、液体では近接するが無秩序、気体では離れて高速

    温度と粒子のエネルギー

    物質を加熱すると、粒子の運動が速くなり、より多くの運動エネルギーを持ちます。温度とは、粒子の平均運動エネルギーの尺度です。

    最も低い可能な温度は絶対零度であり、$-273\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$です。このとき、粒子は最小限のエネルギーしか持ちません。

    長い金属プローブと小さな画面を持つデジタル温度計、および収納ケース
    デジタル温度計は、接触した粒子の運動エネルギーを検出することで温度を測定します

    気体圧力

    気体粒子は容器の壁に衝突します。各衝突は微小な押し付けとなります。圧力とは、これらの衝突による総力を単位面積あたりで表したものです。

    箱内であらゆる方向に動き、壁に衝突する気体粒子
    気体圧力は、壁の単位面積あたりに作用する多数の粒子衝突による総力です
    • 気体を加熱(定容)すると、粒子の運動が速くなり、より強く、より頻繁に衝突するため、圧力が上昇します。
    • 気体を圧縮して体積を小さくする(定温)と、単位面積あたりの衝突回数が秒当たり増加するため、圧力が上昇します。

    一定温度での一定質量の気体について:

    $$pV = \text{constant}$$

    したがって、体積が半分になれば、圧力は倍になります。

    体積に対する圧力の曲線:急激に低下した後水平になり、体積を半分にすると圧力が倍になる点を示す
    一定温度では圧力-体積グラフは曲線となり、体積を半分にすると圧力が倍になるため、$pV$は一定の値を保ちます

    計算例. ある気体の体積は$200\ \text{cm}^3$、圧力は$100\ \text{kPa}$です。これを一定温度下で$50\ \text{cm}^3$まで圧縮しました。新しい圧力を求めよ。

    $pV$は一定であるため、$p_1 V_1 = p_2 V_2$:

    $$100 \times 200 = p_2 \times 50 \quad\Rightarrow\quad p_2 = \frac{20\,000}{50} = 400\ \text{kPa}$$

    ブラウン運動

    空気中の煙を顕微鏡で見ると、微細な粒子が不規則に跳ねるように動くのが見えます。これをブラウン運動といいます。この粒子は、高速で目に見えない空気粒子が衝突して押されているのです。これは運動論的粒子モデルの強力な証拠です。

    ジグザグ軌道を描く大きな煙粒子、周囲を高速の空気粒子が衝突している様子
    高速の空気粒子からのランダムな衝突が、煙粒子を不規則で跳ねるような軌道に沿って押す

    ケルビン温度スケール

    科学者たちは、絶対零度を起点とするケルビン (K) 温度スケールをよく用います。変換するには:

    $$T\text{ (in K)} = \theta\text{ (in }^{\circ}\text{C}) + 273$$

    したがって $0\,{}^{\circ}\text{C} = 273\ \text{K}$ です。

    計算例. $25\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$をケルビンに変換し、$200\ \text{K}$を摂氏度に変換せよ。

    $$25 + 273 = 298\ \text{K}, \qquad 200 - 273 = -73\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$$
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Squeeze a gas (Boyle's law) · ⁨ガスを圧縮する(ボーイルの法則)⁩

    Slide the piston in to shrink the volume. The same particles get crammed into less space, so they hit the walls more often and the pressure climbs — while pressure × volume stays constant. · ⁨ピストンを奥へ滑らせて体積を小さくすると、同じ数の粒子がより狭い空間に詰まるため、壁への衝突回数が増え圧力が上昇する。このとき、圧力×体積は一定に保たれる。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    particle/ˈpɑːtɪkl/ 粒子として扱う
    vibrate/vaɪˈbreɪt/ 振動する
    kinetic energy/kɪˈnetɪk ˈenədʒi/ 運動エネルギー
    temperature/ˈtemprɪtʃə/ 温度
    absolute zero/ˈæbsəluːt ˈzɪərəʊ/ 絶対零度
    pressure/ˈpreʃə/ 圧力
    Brownian motion/ˈbraʊnɪən ˈməʊʃn/ ブラウン運動
    kelvin/ˈkelvɪn/ ケルビン
    thermometer/θɜːˈmɒmɪtə/ 温度計
    insulating material/ˈɪnsjuːleɪtɪŋ məˈtɪərɪəl/ 断熱材
    melting/ˈmeltɪŋ/ 融解
    boiling/ˈbɔɪlɪŋ/ 沸点
    evaporation/ɪˌvæpəˈreɪʃn/ 蒸発
    cools down/kuːlz daʊn/ 冷える
    transfer of thermal energy/ˈtrænsfɜː ɒv ˈθɜːml ˈenədʒi/ 熱エネルギーの移動
    2.2

    Thermal expansion 热膨胀 · ⁨熱膨張⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    2.2.1 Thermal expansion of solids, liquids and gases

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe, qualitatively, the thermal expansion of solids, liquids and gases at constant pressure 3 Explain, in terms of the motion and arrangement of particles, the relative order of magnitudes of the expansion of solids, liquids and gases as their temperatures rise
    2 Describe some of the everyday applications and consequences of thermal expansion

    2.2.2 Specific heat capacity

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that a rise in the temperature of an object increases its internal energy 2 Describe an increase in temperature of an object in terms of an increase in the average kinetic energies of all of the particles in the object
    3 Define specific heat capacity as the energy required per unit mass per unit temperature increase; recall and use the equation
    $$c = \frac{\Delta E}{m\Delta\theta}$$
    4 Describe experiments to measure the specific heat capacity of a solid and a liquid

    2.2.3 Melting, boiling and evaporation

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input without a change in temperature 6 Describe the differences between boiling and evaporation
    2 Know the melting and boiling temperatures for water at standard atmospheric pressure
    3 Describe condensation and solidification in terms of particles
    4 Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of more-energetic particles from the surface of a liquid 7 Describe how temperature, surface area and air movement over a surface affect evaporation
    5 Know that evaporation causes cooling of a liquid 8 Explain the cooling of an object in contact with an evaporating liquid
    日本語

    2.2.1 固体・液体・気体の熱膨張

    コア サプリメント
    1 定圧下における熱膨張を、定性的に説明する 3 温度が上昇した際の固体、液体、気体の膨張の相対的なオーダーの大小について、粒子の運動と配置の観点から説明する
    2 熱膨張の日常的な応用例や影響のいくつかを説明する

    2.2.2 比熱容量

    コア サプリメント
    1 物体の温度上昇がその内部エネルギーを増加させることを知る 2 物体の温度上昇を、物体内のすべての粒子の平均運動エネルギーの増加として説明する
    3 比熱容量を、単位質量あたり単位温度上昇あたりに必要なエネルギーとして定義し、式
    $$c = \frac{\Delta E}{m\Delta\theta}$$
    を記憶して用いる
    4 固体および液体の比熱容量を測定するための実験を説明する

    2.2.3 融解、沸騰および蒸発

    コア サプリメント
    1 温度変化のない状態でのエネルギー投入として融解および沸騰を説明する 6 沸騰と蒸発の違いを説明する
    2 標準大気圧における水の融点および沸点を知る
    3 粒子の観点から凝縮および凝固を説明する
    4 液体表面からの高エネルギー粒子の escape(逸脱)の観点から蒸発を説明する 7 温度、表面積、および表面における空気の流れが蒸発に与える影響を説明する
    5 蒸発が液体の冷却を引き起こすことを知る 8 蒸発している液体と接触している物体の冷却を説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    When matter is heated, its particles move more and take up more space, so the material expands. Gases expand the most, then liquids, then solids. This order comes from the forces between the particles: in a solid the particles are held tightly in a lattice 晶格 (a fixed pattern), so they can only vibrate a little more; in a liquid they are held less strongly; in a gas the forces are very weak, so the particles spread out much more.

    Everyday examples: gaps are left between railway lines; bridges sit on rollers; a tight metal lid loosens when heated.

    日本語

    物質を加熱すると、粒子の運動が活発になり、占める空間が大きくなるため、材料は膨張します。気体が最も大きく膨張し、次に液体、最後に固体です。この順序は粒子間の力によるものです。固体では粒子が格子(固定されたパターン)に密に束缚されているため、わずかに振動するだけですが、液体では束縛が弱く、気体では力が非常に弱いため、粒子ははるかに広がりやすくなります。

    日常生活の例:レールの間に隙間を入れる、橋をローラーの上に置く、締まりすぎた金属蓋を加熱して緩める。

    冷却時は小さな隙間がある2本のレール、加熱すると膨張して接する様子
    冷却時にレールの間に小さな隙間を残しておくことで、熱で膨張した際に隙間が閉じ、レールが反り上がらないようにする
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Heating and specific heat capacity · ⁨加熱と比熱容量⁩

    Q = mcΔT

    The heat energy needed is proportional to the temperature rise for a given mass of material. · ⁨与えられた質量の材料に対して必要な熱エネルギーは温度上昇に比例する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    thermal expansion/ˈθɜːml ekˈspænʃn/ 熱膨張
    lattice/ˈlætɪs/ 格子
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    2.2

    Internal energy and specific heat capacity · ⁨内部エネルギーと比熱容量⁩

    English

    The internal energy 内能 of an object is the total energy of all its particles. Heating an object raises its internal energy and usually its temperature.

    The specific heat capacity 比热容 is the energy needed to raise the temperature of 1 kg of a material by 1 °C.

    $$c = \frac{\Delta E}{m\,\Delta\theta}$$

    A material with a high specific heat capacity (like water) needs a lot of energy to warm up and cools down slowly.

    Worked example. How much energy is needed to heat $2.0\ \text{kg}$ of water from $20\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$ to $70\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$? The specific heat capacity of water is $4200\ \text{J/(kg}\,{}^{\circ}\text{C)}$.

    Rearranging $c = \frac{\Delta E}{m\,\Delta\theta}$ gives $\Delta E = mc\,\Delta\theta$, with $\Delta\theta = 70 - 20 = 50\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$:

    $$\Delta E = 2.0 \times 4200 \times 50 = 420\,000\ \text{J} = 420\ \text{kJ}$$

    Measuring specific heat capacity. For a solid, use a metal block with two holes: one for an electric heater 加热器 and one for a thermometer 温度计. Measure the mass $m$ of the block. Switch on the heater for a measured time $t$ and record the current $I$ and the voltage $V$, so the energy supplied is $E = IVt$ (or read the energy from a joulemeter). Record the temperature rise $\Delta\theta$. Then $c = \dfrac{E}{m\,\Delta\theta}$. For a liquid, heat a measured mass of the liquid in a container and stir it, so the temperature is the same all through. Wrap the block or the container in insulating material 隔热材料, so less energy escapes to the air.

    日本語

    物体の内部エネルギーとは、その物体を構成する全粒子の総エネルギーのことです。物体を加熱すると内部エネルギーが増加し、通常は温度も上昇します。

    比熱容量とは、1 kgの物質の温度を1 °C上げるために必要なエネルギーのことです。

    $$c = \frac{\Delta E}{m\,\Delta\theta}$$

    比熱容量の大きい物質(水など)は、暖まるのに多くのエネルギーを必要とし、冷えるのも遅いです。

    計算例. $2.0\ \text{kg}$の水を$20\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$から$70\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$まで加熱するために必要なエネルギーはいくらですか?水の比熱容量は$4200\ \text{J/(kg}\,{}^{\circ}\text{C)}$です。

    $c = \frac{\Delta E}{m\,\Delta\theta}$を変形すると$\Delta E = mc\,\Delta\theta$となり、$\Delta\theta = 70 - 20 = 50\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$を用いて計算します。

    $$\Delta E = 2.0 \times 4200 \times 50 = 420\,000\ \text{J} = 420\ \text{kJ}$$

    比熱容量の測定. 固体の場合、2つの穴を持つ金属ブロックを使用します。1つは電気ヒーター用、もう1つは温度計用です。ブロックの質量$m$を測定します。ヒーターを所定の時間$t$点灯させ、電流$I$と電圧$V$を記録します。これにより供給されたエネルギーは$E = IVt$(またはジュールメータからエネルギーを読み取る)となります。温度上昇$\Delta\theta$を記録します。そして$c = \dfrac{E}{m\,\Delta\theta}$を計算します。液体の場合、容器内の所定の質量の液体を加熱して攪拌し、全体で均一な温度にします。ブロックや容器を断熱材で包み、空気への熱損失を減らします。

    お湯を沸かす様子:温度とともに内部エネルギーが増加;比熱容量はkg・°Cあたりのエネルギー
    お湯を沸かす様子:温度とともに内部エネルギーが増加;比熱容量はkg・°Cあたりのエネルギー
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    internal energy/ɪnˈtɜːnl ˈenədʒi/ 内部エネルギー
    specific heat capacity/spəˈsɪfɪk hiːt kəˈpæsɪti/ 比熱容
    heater/ˈhiːtə/ ヒーター
    2.2

    Melting, boiling and evaporation · ⁨融解、沸騰および蒸発⁩

    English

    Melting 熔化 and boiling 沸腾 need energy, but the temperature stays the same while the state changes. This energy breaks the forces between particles. For water at normal air pressure, melting is at $0\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$ and boiling at $100\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$.

    Evaporation 蒸发 is when a liquid changes to a gas at its surface, below the boiling point. The fastest particles escape from the surface. Because the fastest (most energetic) particles leave, the average energy of those left behind falls, so the liquid cools down 冷却. An object touching an evaporating liquid also cools, because the liquid takes energy from it: this is why sweat cools your skin.

    Evaporation is faster when the temperature is higher, the surface area is larger, and there is more air movement over the surface.

    日本語

    融解と沸騰にはエネルギーが必要ですが、状態が変化する間は温度は一定です。このエネルギーは粒子間の力を断ち切ります。大気圧下での水の場合、融解は$0\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$で、沸騰は$100\,{}^{\circ}\text{C}$です。

    時間に対する温度の加熱曲線(融解時および沸騰時の平坦な段差を含む)
    物質が溶けたり沸騰したりしている間は、熱エネルギーが加えられていても温度は一定(平坦)である

    蒸発とは、液体が沸点以下で表面から気体に変化することです。最も速く動く粒子が表面から逃げていきます。最も高いエネルギーを持つ粒子が去るため、残った粒子の平均エネルギーは低下し、液体は冷却されます。蒸発している液体に触れる物体も冷却されます。これは液体がその物体からエネルギーを奪うためであり、これが汗が肌を冷やす理由です。

    蒸発は、温度が高いほど、表面積が大きいほど、表面の空気流動が多いほど速くなります。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The heating curve — watch the temperature pause · ⁨加熱曲線 — 温度が一時的に止まる様子を見る⁩

    While the substance is melting or boiling the temperature stays flat, even though heat is still going in — the energy breaks bonds instead of warming it. · ⁨物質が融解または沸騰中であっても、熱が入り続けるため温度は一定(平坦)に留まる — エネルギーは分子間の結合を切断するために使われ、温度を上昇させるわけではない。⁩

    2.3

    Transfer of thermal energy 热能传递 · ⁨熱エネルギーの移動⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    2.3.1 Conduction

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe experiments to demonstrate the properties of good thermal conductors and bad thermal conductors (thermal insulators) 2 Describe thermal conduction in all solids in terms of atomic or molecular lattice vibrations and also in terms of the movement of free (delocalised) electrons in metallic conductors
    3 Describe, in terms of particles, why thermal conduction is bad in gases and most liquids
    4 Know that there are many solids that conduct thermal energy better than thermal insulators but do so less well than good thermal conductors

    2.3.2 Convection

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that convection is an important method of thermal energy transfer in liquids and gases
    2 Explain convection in liquids and gases in terms of density changes and describe experiments to illustrate convection

    2.3.3 Radiation

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that thermal radiation is infrared radiation and that all objects emit this radiation
    2 Know that thermal energy transfer by thermal radiation does not require a medium 4 Know that for an object to be at a constant temperature it needs to transfer energy away from the object at the same rate that it receives energy
    3 Describe the effect of surface colour (black or white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission, absorption and reflection of infrared radiation 5 Know what happens to an object if the rate at which it receives energy is less or more than the rate at which it transfers energy away from the object
    6 Know how the temperature of the Earth is affected by factors controlling the balance between incoming radiation and radiation emitted from the Earth’s surface
    7 Describe experiments to distinguish between good and bad emitters of infrared radiation
    8 Describe experiments to distinguish between good and bad absorbers of infrared radiation
    9 Describe how the rate of emission of radiation depends on the surface temperature and surface area of an object

    2.3.4 Consequences of thermal energy transfer

    Core Supplement
    1 Explain some of the basic everyday applications and consequences of conduction, convection and radiation, including: (a) heating objects such as kitchen pans (b) heating a room by convection 2 Explain some of the complex applications and consequences of conduction, convection and radiation where more than one type of thermal energy transfer is significant, including: (a) a fire burning wood or coal (b) a radiator in a car
    日本語

    2.3.1 伝導

    コア サプリメント
    1 良好な熱伝導体および不良な熱伝導体(断熱材)の性質を示すための実験を説明する 2 原子または分子格子振動、ならびに金属伝導体における自由(非局在化)電子の移動の観点から、すべての固体における熱伝導を説明する
    3 粒子の観点から、なぜ熱伝導が気体および大多数の液体において不良であるかを説明する
    4 良好な熱伝導体ほどではないものの、断熱材よりも熱エネルギーを良く伝導する固体が多数存在することを knowsる

    2.3.2 対流

    コア サプリメント
    1 対流が液体および気体における重要な熱エネルギー移動方法であることを知る
    2 密度変化の観点から液体および気体における対流を説明し、対流を示すための実験を説明する

    2.3.3 放射

    コア サプリメント
    1 熱放射が赤外線放射であり、すべての物体がこの放射を放出することを Knowる
    2 熱放射による熱エネルギー移動には媒体が必要ないことを knowる 4 物体が一定温度で保たれるためには、物体が受けるエネルギーと同じ速度でエネルギーを外部へ传出する必要があることを knowる
    3 表面の色(黒または白)および質感(無光沢または光沢)が赤外線放射の放出、吸収、反射に与える影響を説明する 5 物体が受けるエネルギーの速度が、外部へ传出するエネルギーの速度より小さい、あるいは大きい場合に物体に何が起こるか knowる
    6 入射放射と地球表面からの放射のバランスを制御する要因によって地球の温度がどのように影響されるか knowる
    7 赤外線放射の良好な放射体と不良な放射体を区別するための実験を説明する
    8 赤外線放射の良好な吸収体と不良な吸収体を区別するための実験を説明する
    9 放射の放出速度が物体の表面温度および表面積にどのように依存するかを説明する

    2.3.4 熱エネルギー移動の結果

    コア サプリメント
    1 伝導、対流、および放射の基本的な日常的な応用例および結果を以下のように説明する:(a) 調理器具などの加熱 (b) 対流による部屋暖房 2 複数の熱エネルギー移動タイプが重要な場合における伝導、対流、および放射の複雑な応用例および結果を以下のように説明する:(a) 木材または石炭の燃焼 (b) 自動車のラジエーター

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Thermal energy moves from hotter places to colder places in three ways.

    Conduction

    Conduction 热传导 is the transfer of thermal energy through a material without the material moving. The particles in a solid sit in a lattice. Heated particles vibrate more and pass the energy to their neighbours. In metals, free electrons (delocalised electrons 自由电子) carry energy quickly, so metals are good thermal conductors 热导体.

    Materials that conduct badly (like air, wood and plastic) are thermal insulators 热绝缘体.

    Testing conductors. Fix a drawing pin with a little wax to one end of rods of copper, iron, glass and wood, and heat the other ends equally. The pin drops first from the copper rod, then from the iron rod, and last (or never) from the glass and the wood: metals are the best conductors. A metal rod held in a flame soon feels hot; a wooden rod does not.

    Gases and most liquids are bad conductors because their particles are far apart and only pass on energy when they happen to collide. There is no lattice and there are no free electrons.

    Convection

    Convection 对流 happens in liquids and gases. When a fluid is heated it expands, becomes less dense, and rises. Cooler, denser fluid sinks to take its place. This circle of moving fluid is a convection current.

    Showing convection. Drop a crystal of purple potassium permanganate 高锰酸钾 into a beaker of water and heat the beaker gently under the crystal. A coloured stream rises above the heat, spreads across the top and sinks at the sides. In air, a lit candle under one chimney of a smoke box pulls smoke down the other chimney and up above the flame.

    Convection cannot happen in a solid because the particles cannot move from place to place.

    Radiation

    Thermal radiation 热辐射 is energy carried by infrared 红外线 waves. All objects emit it, and it needs no material to travel through — it can cross empty space (this is how energy reaches us from the Sun).

    A surface that is dull 暗淡 and black is a good emitter 发射体 and a good absorber 吸收体 of infrared. A surface that is shiny and white is a poor emitter and a good reflector 反射体.

    Comparing surfaces. Fill two cans, one dull black and one shiny silver, with hot water at the same temperature, and put a thermometer in each. The black can cools faster, so it is the better emitter. Then put the same two cans, full of cold water, at equal distances from a heater. The black can warms faster, so it is the better absorber. A Leslie cube 莱斯利立方体 (a metal box with one side of each finish) shows the same thing.

    An object stays at a constant temperature when it emits energy at the same rate as it absorbs energy. The rate of emission is greater when the surface is hotter and larger. If an object absorbs energy faster than it emits it, its temperature rises; if it emits faster than it absorbs, its temperature falls.

    The Earth's temperature. The Earth absorbs radiation from the Sun and emits infrared radiation back into space. Its average temperature stays constant only when the two rates are equal. Anything that changes this balance changes the temperature. Gases in the atmosphere 大气 such as carbon dioxide absorb some of the emitted infrared and send part of it back down, so more of these gases warms the Earth. Clouds and ice reflect incoming sunlight, so less ice means more energy is absorbed, and the Earth warms further.

    Everyday examples

    • A kitchen pan has a metal base that conducts energy quickly to the food, and a plastic or wooden handle that is an insulator, so you can hold it.
    • A radiator 散热器 heats a room by convection: the air next to it warms, rises, and cooler air flows in to take its place, so the whole room warms.
    • Sitting near a fire you feel its radiation on your face at once; the air between you and the fire is a poor conductor.
    • A vacuum flask 保温瓶 keeps a drink hot by stopping all three transfers: the vacuum between its double walls stops conduction and convection, and its shiny silver surfaces stop radiation.
    日本語

    熱エネルギーは、 hotterな場所から colderな場所へ、3つの方法で移動します。

    伝導

    伝導とは、物質自体が移動せず、物質内を熱エネルギーが移動する現象です。固体内の粒子は格子状に配置されています。加熱された粒子はより激しく振動し、エネルギーを隣接する粒子に伝えます。金属では、自由電子(非局在電子)が素早くエネルギーを運ぶため、金属は優れた熱伝導体です。

    熱を伝えにくい材料(空気、木材、プラスチックなど)は熱絶縁体です。

    伝導体のテスト。 クロム、鉄、ガラス、木材の棒の一方の端にワックスでピンを固定し、他方の端を均等に加熱します。ピンはまずクロムの棒から落ち、次に鉄の棒から落ち、最後に(または全く落ちず)ガラスと木材の棒から落ちます:金属が最も優れた伝導体です。炎に持った金属の棒はすぐに熱くなり、木材の棒はそうなりません。

    気体とほとんどの液体は伝導性が悪いのは、粒子間隔が広く、偶然衝突した時にのみエネルギーを伝えるためです。格子構造がなく、自由電子も存在しません。

    片側を加熱された金属棒(粒子が振動し、エネルギーを冷たい側へ伝える様子)
    伝導において、振動する粒子が隣接する粒子にエネルギーを渡すため、エネルギーは熱い側から冷たい側へ流れ

    対流

    対流は液体と気体で起こります。流体が加熱されると膨張し、密度が低くなって上昇します。冷たくて密度の高い流体が下降してその位置を占めます。この流体の循環運動を対流電流といいます。

    下部から加熱された水のビーカー(赤い矢印で温かい水が上昇し、冷たい水が下降する様子を示す)
    加熱された流体は上昇し、冷たい流体は下降することで対流電流が生じます

    対流の実験。 ビーカーの水に紫色の過マンガン酸カリウムの結晶を入れ、その直下を弱く加熱します。熱の上で色付きの流れが上昇し、上部に広がり、側面で下降します。空気中では、煙箱の片側のchimneyの下に燃えるろうそくを置くと、煙がもう片方のchimneyを下りて、炎の上へと上がります。

    固体では粒子が場所を変えられないため、対流は生じません。

    放射

    熱放射は赤外線波によって運ばれるエネルギーです。あらゆる物体はこれを放出し、移動するために物質は必要ありません(太陽からのエネルギーが私たちに届くのもこのためです)。

    ざらつきのある黒い表面は赤外線の良好な放射体かつ良好な吸収体です。光沢のある白い表面は poor radiation emitter で、良好な反射体です。

    無数の赤外線波を放出する黒い表面と、数少ない赤外線波しか放出しない光沢のある表面
    ざらついた黒い表面は、光沢のある白い表面よりもはるかに良好に赤外線を出し(吸収し)ます

    表面の比較。 同一温度の熱湯で2つの缶(1つはざらついた黒、もう1つは光沢のある銀)を満たし、それぞれに温度計を入れます。黒い缶は早く冷えるため、良好な放射体です。次に、同じ2つの缶を冷水で満たし、ヒーターから等距離に置きます。黒い缶は早く暖まるため、良好な吸収体です。レスリーキューブ(各面が異なる仕上げの金属箱)でも同様のことが確認できます。

    一つの手の3枚の写真:通常の光、 thermal camera で温かく黄色く輝く様子、そして冷たく暗い様子
    熱カメラ(赤外線カメラ)は、温かい手から出ている赤外線を実写に変換します;明るさが高温を示します

    ある物体がエネルギーを吸収する速度と同じ速度でエネルギーを放出している場合、その温度は一定に保たれます。放射速度は表面が高温で広いほど大きくなります。物体がエネルギーを吸収する速度が放射する速度より速ければ温度は上昇し、逆であれば温度は低下します。

    地球の温度。 地球は太陽からの放射を吸収し、赤外線を宇宙空間へ放出します。この2つの速度が等しいときだけ平均温度は一定になります。このバランスを変えるものはすべて温度を変化させます。大気中の二酸化炭素などのガスは放出された赤外線の一部分を吸収し、その一部を地表に戻すため、これらのガスが増えると地球は暖かくなります。雲や氷は入射日光を反射するため、氷が減ると吸収されるエネルギーが増え、地球はさらに暖かくなります。

    日常の例

    • 調理用鍋は金属底が熱を素早く食品に伝導し、プラスチックまたは木製の取っ手が絶縁体であるため、持ち運べます。
    • ラジエーターは対流によって部屋を暖めます:周囲の空気が暖まって上昇し、冷たい空気が流入してその位置を占めるため、部屋全体が暖まります。
    • 火のそばに座っていると、顔にその放射を即座に感じますが、あなたと火の間にある空気は伝導性が悪いです。
    • 保温瓶は、熱の3つの移動すべてを防ぐことで飲み物を温かく保ちます。二重壁の間の真空は伝導と対流を遮断し、光沢のある銀色の表面は放射を遮断します。
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Heat transfer lab · ⁨熱移動の実験⁩

    Compare the routes by which thermal energy moves. · ⁨熱エネルギーが移動する経路を比較してください。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    conduction/kənˈdʌkʃn/ 媒体を必要としない熱移動の方法は
    delocalised electrons/dɪˈlɒkəlaɪzd ɪˈlektrɒnz/ 非局在電子
    thermal conductor/ˈθɜːml kənˈdʌktə/ 熱伝導体
    thermal insulator/ˈθɜːml ˈɪnsjuːleɪtə/ 熱絶縁体
    convection/kənˈvekʃn/ 伝導
    potassium permanganate/pəˈtæsɪəm pəˈmæŋɡəneɪt/ 過マンガン酸カリウム
    thermal radiation/ˈθɜːml ˌreɪdɪˈeɪʃn/ 熱放射
    infrared/ˌɪnfrəˈred/ 赤外線
    dull/dʌl/ 光沢のない
    emitter/ɪˈmɪtə/ 発射体
    absorber/əbˈsɔːbə/ 吸熱体
    reflector/rɪˈflektə/ 反射体
    Leslie cube/ˈlesli kjuːb/ レスリーキューブ
    atmosphere/ˈætməsfɪə/ 大気中
    radiator/ˈreɪdɪeɪtə/ ラジエーター
    vacuum flask/ˈvækjuːm flæsk/ 真空フラスコ
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    2.3

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • In the kinetic particle model, heating a gas makes its particles move faster and hit the walls harder and more often, so the pressure rises. The particles themselves do not get bigger.
    • Evaporation happens only at the surface and at any temperature; boiling happens throughout the liquid at one fixed temperature. Evaporation cools the liquid left behind, because the fastest particles escape.
    • During melting and boiling the temperature stays constant even though energy is still being supplied — that energy breaks the forces between particles.
    • For specific heat capacity use $\Delta E = mc\,\Delta\theta$, where $\Delta\theta$ is the change in temperature, not the final temperature.
    • Dull black surfaces are the best emitters and absorbers of infrared; shiny, light surfaces are the best reflectors. Convection needs a fluid to flow, so it cannot happen in a solid.
    日本語
    • 運動粒子モデルでは、気体を加熱すると粒子の速さが増して壁に強く、より頻繁に衝突するため圧力が上昇します。粒子自体の大きさは変わりません。
    • 蒸発は表面のみで起こり、あらゆる温度で発生できます。沸騰は一定の温度で液体全体で起こります。蒸発は最も速い粒子が逃げるため、残った液体を冷却します。
    • 融解や沸騰中、エネルギーが供給され続けていても温度は一定のままです。このエネルギーは粒子間の力を破壊するために使われます。
    • 比熱容量には $\Delta E = mc\,\Delta\theta$ を用います。ここで $\Delta\theta$ は最終温度ではなく、温度の変化量です。
    • 無地の黒色表面は赤外線の最も良い放射体および吸収体であり、光沢のある淡色表面は最も良い反射体です。対流は流体が流れることを必要とするため、固体では起こりません。
  • 3

    Waves · ⁨波⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    3.1

    General properties of waves

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 Know that waves transfer energy without transferring matter
    2 Describe what is meant by wave motion as illustrated by vibrations in ropes and springs, and by experiments using water waves
    3 Describe the features of a wave in terms of wavefront, wavelength, frequency, crest (peak), trough, amplitude and wave speed
    4 Recall and use the equation for wave speed $v = f \lambda$
    5 Know that for a transverse wave, the direction of vibration is at right angles to the direction of propagation and understand that electromagnetic radiation, water waves and seismic S-waves (secondary) can be modelled as transverse
    6 Know that for a longitudinal wave, the direction of vibration is parallel to the direction of propagation and understand that sound waves and seismic P-waves (primary) can be modelled as longitudinal
    7 Describe how waves can undergo: (a) reflection at a plane surface (b) refraction due to a change of speed (c) diffraction through a narrow gap 9 Describe how wavelength and gap size affects diffraction through a gap
    8 Describe the use of a ripple tank to show: (a) reflection at a plane surface (b) refraction due to a change in speed caused by a change in depth (c) diffraction due to a gap (d) diffraction due to an edge 10 Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at an edge
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 波は物質を移動させずにエネルギーを移動させることを knowる
    2 ロープやスプリングの振動、および水波を用いた実験によって示される波の運動が何を意味するかを説明する
    3 波の特性を波面、波長、周波数、山(頂点)、谷、振幅、および波速の観点から説明する
    4 波速の式 $v = f \lambda$ を記憶して用いる
    5 横波については、振動方向が進行方向に対して直角であり、電磁放射、水波、および地震S波(二次波)が横波としてモデル化できることを understandする
    6 縦波については、振動方向が進行方向に平行であり、音波および地震P波(一次波)が縦波としてモデル化できることを understandする
    7 波が以下のように現象を起こすことを説明する:(a) 平面表面における反射 (b) 速度の変化による屈折 (c) 狭い隙間を通じた回折 9 波長および隙間の大きさが隙間を通じた回折に与える影響を説明する
    8 リップルタンクを用いて以下を示す使い方を説明する:(a) 平面表面における反射 (b) 深さの変化による速度変化 causedによる屈折 (c) 隙間 dueによる回折 (d) 端 dueによる回折 10 波長が端における回折に与える影響を説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Transverse vs longitudinal waves

    A wave 波 carries energy 能量 from place to place without carrying matter. For example, a water wave makes a floating cork bob up and down, but the cork does not travel along with the wave. You can make a wave on a rope by shaking one end up and down, or on a long spring by pushing one end back and forth. In a ripple tank 波纹水槽 (a shallow tray of water with a light above it) you can watch water waves on a screen below.

    Describing a wave

    • wavefront 波前: a line joining points on a wave that move together (for example, the top of one ripple)
    • wavelength 波长 ($\lambda$): the distance between two neighbouring wavefronts (one full wave)
    • frequency 频率 ($f$): the number of waves passing a point each second, measured in hertz (Hz)
    • crest 波峰 (also called the peak 峰, the top) and trough 波谷 (bottom)
    • amplitude 振幅: the largest distance a point moves from its rest position
    • wave speed 波速 ($v$): how fast a wavefront travels

    These are linked by the wave equation:

    $$v = f\lambda$$

    Worked example. A sound wave travels at $340\ \text{m/s}$ and has a frequency of $170\ \text{Hz}$. Find its wavelength.

    Rearranging $v = f\lambda$ gives $\lambda = \dfrac{v}{f}$:

    $$\lambda = \frac{340}{170} = 2.0\ \text{m}$$

    Two types of wave

    • In a transverse wave 横波 the particles vibrate at right angles (90°) to the direction the wave travels (its propagation 传播). Light, water waves and seismic S-waves (the sideways shaking in an earthquake) are transverse.
    • In a longitudinal wave 纵波 the particles vibrate along the same direction as the wave travels. Sound and seismic P-waves are longitudinal.

    Wave behaviour

    All waves can show three behaviours, which you can see in a ripple tank:

    • reflection 反射: the wave bounces off a surface.
    • refraction 折射: the wave changes speed (and usually direction) when it enters a different material or depth.
    • diffraction 衍射: the wave spreads out after passing through a gap or around an edge. The spreading is greatest when the gap is about the same size as the wavelength.
    日本語
    Transverse vs longitudinal waves

    A wave 波 carries energy 能量 from place to place without carrying matter. For example, a water wave makes a floating cork bob up and down, but the cork does not travel along with the wave. You can make a wave on a rope by shaking one end up and down, or on a long spring by pushing one end back and forth. In a ripple tank 波纹水槽 (a shallow tray of water with a light above it) you can watch water waves on a screen below.

    Describing a wave

    • wavefront 波前: a line joining points on a wave that move together (for example, the top of one ripple)
    • wavelength 波长 ($\lambda$): the distance between two neighbouring wavefronts (one full wave)
    • frequency 频率 ($f$): the number of waves passing a point each second, measured in hertz (Hz)
    • crest 波峰 (also called the peak 峰, the top) and trough 波谷 (bottom)
    • amplitude 振幅: the largest distance a point moves from its rest position
    • wave speed 波速 ($v$): how fast a wavefront travels
    A wave with the wavelength, amplitude, crest and trough labelled
    The parts of a wave: wavelength, amplitude, crest and trough

    These are linked by the wave equation:

    $$v = f\lambda$$
    A transverse wave with the wavelength, amplitude, crest, trough and direction of travel labelled
    The wavelength is the distance between two crests; the amplitude is the height from the rest position to a crest

    Worked example. A sound wave travels at $340\ \text{m/s}$ and has a frequency of $170\ \text{Hz}$. Find its wavelength.

    Rearranging $v = f\lambda$ gives $\lambda = \dfrac{v}{f}$:

    $$\lambda = \frac{340}{170} = 2.0\ \text{m}$$

    Two types of wave

    • In a transverse wave 横波 the particles vibrate at right angles (90°) to the direction the wave travels (its propagation 传播). Light, water waves and seismic S-waves (the sideways shaking in an earthquake) are transverse.
    • In a longitudinal wave 纵波 the particles vibrate along the same direction as the wave travels. Sound and seismic P-waves are longitudinal.
    A transverse wave above a longitudinal wave, showing how the particles move in each
    In a transverse wave the particles vibrate across the travel direction; in a longitudinal wave they vibrate along it, making compressions and rarefactions

    Wave behaviour

    All waves can show three behaviours, which you can see in a ripple tank:

    • reflection 反射: the wave bounces off a surface.
    • refraction 折射: the wave changes speed (and usually direction) when it enters a different material or depth.
    • diffraction 衍射: the wave spreads out after passing through a gap or around an edge. The spreading is greatest when the gap is about the same size as the wavelength.
    Straight wavefronts reaching a barrier with a narrow gap and spreading into curved wavefronts beyond it
    Plane waves passing through a narrow gap spread out into curved waves — diffraction is strongest when the gap is about one wavelength wide
    Plane water waves in a ripple tank reflecting off a straight barrier
    Plane waves in a ripple tank reflect off a straight barrier: the reflected wavefronts leave at the same angle they arrived
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Properties of waves

    y = a sin(bx + c)

    A wave: a is amplitude, b sets the wavelength.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Transverse & longitudinal waves

    Flip between a transverse wave (particles bob up and down, like water and light) and a longitudinal one (particles slide back and forth, bunching into compressions, like sound). The wave moves; the particles stay put.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Two waves overlapping

    Change the second wave. Where waves meet they add — sometimes reinforcing, sometimes cancelling.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    wave/weɪv/ 波動として扱う
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    ripple tank/ˈrɪpl tæŋk/ リップルタンク
    wavefront/ˈweɪvfrʌnt/ 波面
    wavelength/ˈweɪvleŋθ/ 波長
    frequency/ˈfriːkwənsi/ 振動数
    crest/krest/ 山頂
    peak/piːk/ 山の頂上
    trough/trɒf/ 底(トラフ)
    amplitude/ˈæmplɪtjuːd/ 振幅
    wave speed/weɪv spiːd/ 波の速度
    transverse wave/trænsˈvɜːs weɪv/ 横波
    propagation/ˌprɒpəˈɡeɪʃn/ 増幅
    longitudinal wave/ˌlɒŋɡɪˈtjuːdɪnl weɪv/ 縦波
    reflection/rɪˈflekʃn/ 反射
    refraction/rɪˈfrækʃn/ 屈折
    diffraction/dɪˈfrækʃn/ 回折
    light/laɪt/ 光
    sound/saʊnd/ 音
    3.2

    Light 光

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    3.2.1 Reflection of light

    Core Supplement
    1 Define and use the terms normal, angle of incidence and angle of reflection
    2 Describe the formation of an optical image by a plane mirror and give its characteristics, i.e. same size, same distance from mirror, virtual
    3 State that for reflection, the angle of incidence is equal to the angle of reflection; recall and use this relationship 4 Use simple constructions, measurements and calculations for reflection by plane mirrors

    3.2.2 Refraction of light

    Core Supplement
    1 Define and use the terms normal, angle of incidence and angle of refraction
    2 Describe an experiment to show refraction of light by transparent blocks of different shapes 6 Define refractive index, $n$, as the ratio of the speeds of a wave in two different regions
    3 Describe the passage of light through a transparent material (limited to the boundaries between two mediums only) 7 Recall and use the equation
    $$n = \frac{\sin i}{\sin r}$$
    4 State the meaning of critical angle 8 Recall and use the equation
    $$n = \frac{1}{\sin c}$$
    5 Describe internal reflection and total internal reflection using both experimental and everyday examples 9 Describe the use of optical fibres, particularly in telecommunications

    3.2.3 Thin lenses

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the action of thin converging and thin diverging lenses on a parallel beam of light
    2 Define and use the terms focal length, principal axis and principal focus (focal point)
    3 Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a real image by a converging lens 6 Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a virtual image by a converging lens
    4 Describe the characteristics of an image using the terms enlarged/same size/diminished, upright/inverted and real/virtual 7 Describe the use of a single lens as a magnifying glass
    5 Know that a virtual image is formed when diverging rays are extrapolated backwards and does not form a visible projection on a screen
    8 Describe the use of converging and diverging lenses to correct long-sightedness and short-sightedness

    3.2.4 Dispersion of light

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the dispersion of light as illustrated by the refraction of white light by a glass prism
    2 Know the traditional seven colours of the visible spectrum in order of frequency and in order of wavelength 3 Recall that visible light of a single frequency is described as monochromatic
    日本語

    3.2.1 光の反射

    コア サプリメント
    1 法線、入射角および反射角の定義と使用法
    2 平面鏡による光学的像の形成を説明し、その特性(実物と同じ大きさ、鏡からの距離が等しい、虚像)を示す
    3 反射において入射角は反射角に等しいことを述べる;この関係式を記憶して適用する 4 平面鏡による反射に関する単純な作図、測定および計算を行う

    3.2.2 光の屈折

    コア サプリメント
    1 法線、入射角および屈折角の定義と使用法
    2 異なる形状を持つ透明ブロックによる光の屈折を示す実験を記述する 6 屈折率 $n$ を、波が2つの異なる媒質内を伝播する速度の比として定義する
    3 光が透明物質中を通過する様子(2つの媒質の境界面のみについて)を記述する 7 式
    $$n = \frac{\sin i}{\sin r}$$
    を記憶して適用する
    4 臨界角の意味を述べる 8 式
    $$n = \frac{1}{\sin c}$$
    を記憶して適用する
    5 実験例および日常の事例を用いて全反射および全反射を記述する 9 光ファイバーの用途、特に通信技術における利用方法を記述する

    3.2.3 薄レンズ

    コア サプリメント
    1 平行光線に対する薄凸レンズおよび薄凹レンズの作用を記述する
    2 焦点距離、主軸および主焦点(焦点)の定義と使用法
    3 凸レンズによる実像の形成に関する光線図を描き、使用する 6 凸レンズによる虚像の形成に関する光線図を描き、使用する
    4 像の特性を、拡大・同大・縮小、正立・逆立、実像・虚像という用語を用いて記述する 7 単一レンズを拡大鏡として使用する様子を記述する
    5 発散光線を後方に延長したときに虚像が形成され、スクリーン上に可視投影が得られないことを知る
    8 遠近症および近視の矯正に用いられる凸レンズと凹レンズの用途を記述する

    3.2.4 光の分散

    コア サプリメント
    1 ガラスプリズムによる白色光の屈折によって示される光の分散を記述する
    2 可視スペクトルの伝統的な7色を周波数の順および波長の順に知る 3 単一の周波数を持つ可視光は単色光であると記憶する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    A converging lens forms an image
    Total internal reflection

    Reflection

    When light hits a mirror, it reflects. We measure angles from the normal 法线 (a line at 90° to the surface).

    The law of reflection: the angle of incidence 入射角 equals the angle of reflection 反射角.

    A plane mirror 平面镜 forms an image that is the same size as the object, the same distance behind the mirror, and virtual (it cannot be caught on a screen).

    Refraction

    When light passes from one material into another, it changes speed and bends. The angle in the second material is the angle of refraction 折射角.

    Seeing refraction. Shine a narrow ray from a ray box 光线盒 into a rectangular glass block standing on paper. Mark the ray going in and the ray coming out, remove the block, and join the marks to draw the ray inside the glass. Draw the normal where the ray enters and measure the angle of incidence and the angle of refraction with a protractor. Repeat with a semicircular block or a prism: the ray always bends towards the normal on entering the glass and away from the normal on leaving.

    The refractive index 折射率 $n$ compares the speed of light in the two materials:

    $$n = \frac{\sin i}{\sin r}$$

    Worked example. A ray of light passes from air into glass. The angle of incidence is 60° and the angle of refraction is 35°. Find the refractive index of the glass. (Take $\sin i = 0.87$ and $\sin r = 0.57$.)

    $$n = \frac{\sin i}{\sin r} = \frac{0.87}{0.57} = 1.5$$

    When light tries to leave glass or water and the angle is too large, it cannot get out and instead reflects completely. This is total internal reflection 全反射. It happens when the angle inside is bigger than the critical angle 临界角 $c$:

    $$n = \frac{1}{\sin c}$$

    This effect is used in optical fibres 光纤, thin glass threads that carry light signals for telephones and the internet.

    Lenses

    A converging lens 凸透镜 (fat in the middle) bends parallel rays inwards to a point called the principal focus 焦点. The principal axis 主光轴 is the straight line through the centre of the lens at right angles to it; the principal focus lies on this axis. The distance from the centre of the lens to the principal focus is the focal length 焦距. A diverging lens 凹透镜 (thin in the middle) spreads parallel rays out, as if they came from a focus on the incoming side.

    A converging lens can form a real image 实像 (rays really meet; can be shown on a screen) or, when the object is very close, a virtual image 虚像 (rays only seem to come from it). Used close to the eye, a converging lens is a magnifying glass 放大镜.

    Describe an image with three pairs of words: enlarged 放大的 or diminished 缩小的 (or the same size), upright 正立 or inverted 倒立 (upside down), and real or virtual. An object far beyond the focus gives a diminished, inverted, real image (as in a camera). An object between the focus and the lens gives an enlarged, upright, virtual image (a magnifying glass).

    Correcting sight. A person with short-sightedness 近视 sees near things clearly but distant things are blurred: the eye focuses the light in front of the retina 视网膜 (the back of the eye). A diverging lens in front of the eye spreads the rays out first, so they focus on the retina. A person with long-sightedness 远视 sees distant things clearly but near things are blurred: the eye focuses the light behind the retina. A converging lens brings the rays together a little before they enter the eye.

    Dispersion

    A glass prism 棱镜 splits white light into the colours of the spectrum 光谱. This splitting is called dispersion 色散.

    The order of colours is red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, violet. Red light has the longest wavelength and the lowest frequency; violet is the opposite. Light of a single frequency (one pure colour) is monochromatic 单色.

    日本語
    A converging lens forms an image
    Total internal reflection

    Reflection

    When light hits a mirror, it reflects. We measure angles from the normal 法线 (a line at 90° to the surface).

    The law of reflection: the angle of incidence 入射角 equals the angle of reflection 反射角.

    A plane mirror 平面镜 forms an image that is the same size as the object, the same distance behind the mirror, and virtual (it cannot be caught on a screen).

    An incident ray and a reflected ray meeting at a mirror, with equal angles either side of the normal
    At a plane mirror the angle of incidence $i$ equals the angle of reflection $r$, both measured from the normal

    Refraction

    When light passes from one material into another, it changes speed and bends. The angle in the second material is the angle of refraction 折射角.

    A ray passing from air into glass, bending towards the normal
    Going from air into glass the light slows down and bends towards the normal, so $i > r$

    Seeing refraction. Shine a narrow ray from a ray box 光线盒 into a rectangular glass block standing on paper. Mark the ray going in and the ray coming out, remove the block, and join the marks to draw the ray inside the glass. Draw the normal where the ray enters and measure the angle of incidence and the angle of refraction with a protractor. Repeat with a semicircular block or a prism: the ray always bends towards the normal on entering the glass and away from the normal on leaving.

    The refractive index 折射率 $n$ compares the speed of light in the two materials:

    $$n = \frac{\sin i}{\sin r}$$

    Worked example. A ray of light passes from air into glass. The angle of incidence is 60° and the angle of refraction is 35°. Find the refractive index of the glass. (Take $\sin i = 0.87$ and $\sin r = 0.57$.)

    $$n = \frac{\sin i}{\sin r} = \frac{0.87}{0.57} = 1.5$$

    When light tries to leave glass or water and the angle is too large, it cannot get out and instead reflects completely. This is total internal reflection 全反射. It happens when the angle inside is bigger than the critical angle 临界角 $c$:

    $$n = \frac{1}{\sin c}$$
    Two glass blocks: in one the ray refracts out, in the other it is totally internally reflected
    Below the critical angle the light refracts out; above it the light is totally internally reflected

    This effect is used in optical fibres 光纤, thin glass threads that carry light signals for telephones and the internet.

    A bunch of thin fibres held in a hand, each one glowing brightly at its tip in a dark room
    Total internal reflection keeps light bouncing along each fibre until it shines out at the tip

    Lenses

    A converging lens 凸透镜 (fat in the middle) bends parallel rays inwards to a point called the principal focus 焦点. The principal axis 主光轴 is the straight line through the centre of the lens at right angles to it; the principal focus lies on this axis. The distance from the centre of the lens to the principal focus is the focal length 焦距. A diverging lens 凹透镜 (thin in the middle) spreads parallel rays out, as if they came from a focus on the incoming side.

    Parallel rays passing through a converging lens and meeting at the principal focus
    A converging lens bends parallel rays to meet at the principal focus; the focal length $f$ is the lens-to-focus distance

    A converging lens can form a real image 实像 (rays really meet; can be shown on a screen) or, when the object is very close, a virtual image 虚像 (rays only seem to come from it). Used close to the eye, a converging lens is a magnifying glass 放大镜.

    Describe an image with three pairs of words: enlarged 放大的 or diminished 缩小的 (or the same size), upright 正立 or inverted 倒立 (upside down), and real or virtual. An object far beyond the focus gives a diminished, inverted, real image (as in a camera). An object between the focus and the lens gives an enlarged, upright, virtual image (a magnifying glass).

    Correcting sight. A person with short-sightedness 近视 sees near things clearly but distant things are blurred: the eye focuses the light in front of the retina 视网膜 (the back of the eye). A diverging lens in front of the eye spreads the rays out first, so they focus on the retina. A person with long-sightedness 远视 sees distant things clearly but near things are blurred: the eye focuses the light behind the retina. A converging lens brings the rays together a little before they enter the eye.

    A hand holding a round convex lens, through which the houses behind appear upside down
    Held away from the eye, a converging lens forms a real image – here the houses behind it appear upside down

    Dispersion

    A glass prism 棱镜 splits white light into the colours of the spectrum 光谱. This splitting is called dispersion 色散.

    A prism splitting a beam of white light into a fan of colours from red to violet
    A prism refracts violet light most and red light least, so white light spreads into a spectrum

    The order of colours is red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, violet. Red light has the longest wavelength and the lowest frequency; violet is the opposite. Light of a single frequency (one pure colour) is monochromatic 单色.

    A narrow beam of white light entering a glass prism and fanning out into a bright band of rainbow colours on a black background
    White light entering a real glass prism spreads into the full spectrum of colours
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Bend a light ray

    Shine light into water, glass or diamond and change the angle. The ray slows and bends toward the normal — the denser the material (higher n), the more it bends. That bending is why a straw looks broken in a glass, and why diamonds sparkle.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Image formation by a converging lens

    Trace the three special rays from the object — where they meet is the image. Move the object closer than the focal point to flip it into a magnifying glass.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    normal/ˈnɔːml/ 法線
    angle of incidence/ˈæŋɡl ɒv ˈɪnsɪdəns/ 入射角
    angle of reflection/ˈæŋɡl ɒv rɪˈflekʃn/ 反射角
    plane mirror/pleɪn ˈmɪrə/ 平面鏡
    angle of refraction/ˈæŋɡl ɒv rɪˈfrækʃn/ 屈折角
    ray box/reɪ bɒks/ 光線ボックス
    refractive index/rɪˈfræktɪv ˈɪndeks/ 屈折率
    total internal reflection/ˈtəʊtl ɪnˈtɜːnl rɪˈflekʃn/ 全反射
    critical angle/ˈkrɪtɪkl ˈæŋɡl/ 臨界角を超えると
    optical fibre/ˈɒptɪkl ˈfaɪbə/ 光ファイバー
    converging lens/kənˈvɜːdʒɪŋ lenz/ 凸レンズ
    principal focus/ˈprɪnsɪpl ˈfəʊkəs/ 主焦点
    principal axis/ˈprɪnsɪpl ˈæksɪs/ 主軸
    focal length/ˈfəʊkl leŋθ/ 像距離
    diverging lens/daɪˈvɜːdʒɪŋ lenz/ 凹レンズ
    real image/rɪəl ˈɪmɪdʒ/ 実像
    virtual image/ˈvɜːtʃuːəl ˈɪmɪdʒ/ 虚像
    magnifying glass/ˈmæɡnɪfaɪɪŋ ɡlæs/ 拡大レンズ(虫眼鏡)
    enlarged/enˈlɑːdʒd/ 拡大された
    diminished/dɪˈmɪnɪʃt/ 反対側(実像)
    upright/ˈʌpraɪt/ 焦点Fに物体を置く。
    inverted/ɪnˈvɜːtɪd/ 逆転
    short-sightedness/ʃɔːt ˈsaɪtɪdnəs/ 近視
    retina/ˈretɪnə/ 網膜
    long-sightedness/lɒŋ ˈsaɪtɪdnəs/ 老眼
    prism/ˈprɪzəm/ 柱
    spectrum/ˈspektrəm/ スペクトル
    dispersion/dɪˈspɜːʃn/ 分散
    monochromatic/ˌmɒnəʊkrəʊˈmætɪk/ 単色系
    3.3

    The electromagnetic spectrum 电磁波谱

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 Know the main regions of the electromagnetic spectrum in order of frequency and in order of wavelength
    2 Know that all electromagnetic waves travel at the same high speed in a vacuum 6 Know that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a vacuum is $3.0 \times 10^8\text{ m/s}$ and is approximately the same in air
    3 Describe typical uses of the different regions of the electromagnetic spectrum including: (a) radio waves; radio and television transmissions, astronomy, radio frequency identification (RFID) (b) microwaves; satellite television, mobile phones (cell phones), microwave ovens (c) infrared; electric grills, short range communications such as remote controllers for televisions, intruder alarms, thermal imaging, optical fibres (d) visible light; vision, photography, illumination (e) ultraviolet; security marking, detecting fake bank notes, sterilising water (f) X-rays; medical scanning, security scanners (g) gamma rays; sterilising food and medical equipment, detection of cancer and its treatment
    4 Describe the harmful effects on people of excessive exposure to electromagnetic radiation, including: (a) microwaves; internal heating of body cells (b) infrared; skin burns (c) ultraviolet; damage to surface cells and eyes, leading to skin cancer and eye conditions (d) X-rays and gamma rays; mutation or damage to cells in the body
    5 Know that communication with artificial satellites is mainly by microwaves: (a) some satellite phones use low orbit artificial satellites (b) some satellite phones and direct broadcast satellite television use geostationary satellites 7 Know that many important systems of communications rely on electromagnetic radiation including: (a) mobile phones (cell phones) and wireless internet use microwaves because microwaves can penetrate some walls and only require a short aerial for transmission and reception (b) Bluetooth uses radio waves because radio waves pass through walls but the signal is weakened on doing so (c) optical fibres (visible light or infrared) are used for cable television and high-speed broadband because glass is transparent to visible light and some infrared; visible light and short wavelength infrared can carry high rates of data
    8 Know the difference between a digital and analogue signal
    9 Know that a sound can be transmitted as a digital or analogue signal
    10 Explain the benefits of digital signalling including increased rate of transmission of data and increased range due to accurate signal regeneration
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 電磁波スペクトルの主な領域を周波数の順および波長の順に知る
    2 全ての電磁波は真空中で同じ高い速度で伝播することを知らねばならない 6 真空中における電磁波の速度は $3.0 \times 10^8\text{ m/s}$ であり、空気中ではほぼ同じである
    3 電磁波スペクトルの各領域の典型的な用途を記述する:(a) 電波;ラジオ・テレビ放送、天文学、RFID (b) 電子波;衛星テレビ、携帯電話、電子レンジ (c) 赤外線;電気グリル、リモコンなどの短距離通信、侵入検知警報器、サーモグラフィ、光ファイバー (d) 可視光;視覚、写真撮影、照明 (e) 紫外線;セキュリティマーク、偽札検出、水殺菌 (f) X線;医療検査、セキュリティスキャナー (g) ガマ線;食品・医療機器の殺菌、がんの検出および治療
    4 電磁波放射への過剰曝露による人への有害影響を記述する:(a) 電子波;体内細胞の内部加熱 (b) 赤外線;皮膚火傷 (c) 紫外線;表面細胞および眼の損傷、皮膚がんおよび眼疾患の誘発 (d) X線およびガンマ線;体内細胞の変異または損傷
    5 人工衛星との通信は主に電磁波のマイクロ波によるものであることを知る:(a) 一部の衛星電話は低軌道人工衛星を使用する (b) 一部の衛星電話および直接放送卫星テレビは静止軌道衛星を使用する 7 重要な通信システムの多くが電磁放射に依存していることを知る。具体的には:(a) 携帯電話(セルラー電話)およびワイヤレスインターネットはマイクロ波を使用する。これはマイクロ波がいくつかの壁を透過でき、送受信に短いアンテナだけで十分だからである。(b) Bluetoothはラジオ波を使用する。これはラジオ波が壁を通過できるためだが、透過すると信号が減衰するためである。(c) 光ファイバー(可視光または赤外線)はケーブルテレビおよび高速ブロードバンドに使用される。これはガラスが可視光および特定の赤外線を透過させるためであり、可視光および短波長赤外線は高いデータ伝送速度を担えるからである
    8 デジタル信号とアナログ信号の違いを知る
    9 音はデジタル信号またはアナログ信号として伝送できることを知る
    10 デジタル信号化の利点を説明する:データ伝送レートの向上、正確な信号再生による伝送距離の延長

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    The electromagnetic spectrum is a family of waves that all travel at the same high speed in a vacuum 真空, $3.0 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s}$. In order from longest wavelength (lowest frequency) to shortest:

    Region A typical use Danger from too much
    radio waves 无线电波 radio and TV signals, astronomy, RFID tags —
    microwaves 微波 mobile phones, satellite TV, cooking heating of body cells
    infrared 红外线 remote controls, thermal imaging, grills, optical fibres skin burns
    visible light seeing, photography —
    ultraviolet 紫外线 sterilising water, checking bank notes skin cancer, eye damage
    X-rays X射线 medical and security scans damage to cells
    gamma rays 伽马射线 sterilising equipment, treating cancer mutation of cells

    As you go from radio waves to gamma rays, the frequency rises, the wavelength falls, and the energy (and danger) rises. The speed of electromagnetic waves in air is almost the same as in a vacuum.

    Satellites. Communication with artificial satellites 人造卫星 mainly uses microwaves, because they pass through the atmosphere. Some satellite phones use satellites in low orbit 低轨道, close to the Earth. Other satellite phones, and direct broadcast satellite television, use satellites in geostationary orbit 地球静止轨道, which stay above the same point on the Earth.

    Digital and analogue signals

    Radio waves and microwaves carry information as signals, and a signal is either analogue 模拟 or digital 数字. An analogue signal varies continuously and can take any value; a digital signal is a stream of just two values, on or off (1 or 0). Sound can be sent as either kind of signal: a microphone gives an analogue signal, which can be turned into a digital one.

    Modern communication prefers digital signalling for two reasons the exam asks for:

    • a higher rate of data transmission;
    • a greater range: a weak digital signal can be regenerated back to a clean 1/0 exactly, because only two levels have to be told apart, so noise picked up along the way is removed. An analogue signal cannot be cleaned up this way, so its noise builds up.
    日本語

    The electromagnetic spectrum is a family of waves that all travel at the same high speed in a vacuum 真空, $3.0 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s}$. In order from longest wavelength (lowest frequency) to shortest:

    Region A typical use Danger from too much
    radio waves 无线电波 radio and TV signals, astronomy, RFID tags —
    microwaves 微波 mobile phones, satellite TV, cooking heating of body cells
    infrared 红外线 remote controls, thermal imaging, grills, optical fibres skin burns
    visible light seeing, photography —
    ultraviolet 紫外线 sterilising water, checking bank notes skin cancer, eye damage
    X-rays X射线 medical and security scans damage to cells
    gamma rays 伽马射线 sterilising equipment, treating cancer mutation of cells

    As you go from radio waves to gamma rays, the frequency rises, the wavelength falls, and the energy (and danger) rises. The speed of electromagnetic waves in air is almost the same as in a vacuum.

    Satellites. Communication with artificial satellites 人造卫星 mainly uses microwaves, because they pass through the atmosphere. Some satellite phones use satellites in low orbit 低轨道, close to the Earth. Other satellite phones, and direct broadcast satellite television, use satellites in geostationary orbit 地球静止轨道, which stay above the same point on the Earth.

    A coloured band of the electromagnetic spectrum from radio waves to gamma rays
    From radio waves to gamma rays the wavelength falls while the frequency and energy rise

    Digital and analogue signals

    Radio waves and microwaves carry information as signals, and a signal is either analogue 模拟 or digital 数字. An analogue signal varies continuously and can take any value; a digital signal is a stream of just two values, on or off (1 or 0). Sound can be sent as either kind of signal: a microphone gives an analogue signal, which can be turned into a digital one.

    Modern communication prefers digital signalling for two reasons the exam asks for:

    • a higher rate of data transmission;
    • a greater range: a weak digital signal can be regenerated back to a clean 1/0 exactly, because only two levels have to be told apart, so noise picked up along the way is removed. An analogue signal cannot be cleaned up this way, so its noise builds up.
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Slide across the spectrum

    Radio waves, visible light and gamma rays are all the same wave — only the wavelength changes, and with it the frequency, photon energy and everyday use.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    electromagnetic spectrum/ɪˌlektrəʊməɡˈnetɪk ˈspektrəm/ 電磁波スペクトル
    vacuum/ˈvækjuːm/ 真空
    radio waves/ˈreɪdɪəʊ weɪvz/ ラジオ波
    microwave/ˈmaɪkrəʊweɪv/ マイクロ波
    infrared/ˌɪnfrəˈred/ 赤外線
    ultraviolet/ˌʊltrəˈvaɪəlɪt/ 紫外線
    X-rays/eks reɪz/ X線
    gamma rays/ˈɡæmə reɪz/ ガンマ線
    artificial satellites/ˌɑːtɪˈfɪʃl ˈsætəlaɪts/ 人工衛星
    low orbit/ləʊ ˈɔːbɪt/ 低軌道
    geostationary orbit/ˌdʒiːəʊˈsteɪʃənəri ˈɔːbɪt/ 静止軌道
    analogue/ˈænəlɒɡ/ アナログ
    digital/ˈdɪdʒɪtl/ デジタル
    3.4

    Sound 声音

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the production of sound by vibrating sources
    2 Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves 10 Describe compression and rarefaction
    3 State the approximate range of frequencies audible to humans as 20Hz to 20000Hz
    4 Know that a medium is needed to transmit sound waves
    5 Know that the speed of sound in air is approximately 330–350m/s 11 Know that, in general, sound travels faster in solids than in liquids and faster in liquids than in gases
    6 Describe a method involving a measurement of distance and time for determining the speed of sound in air
    7 Describe how changes in amplitude and frequency affect the loudness and pitch of sound waves
    8 Describe an echo as the reflection of sound waves
    9 Define ultrasound as sound with a frequency higher than 20kHz 12 Describe the uses of ultrasound in non-destructive testing of materials, medical scanning of soft tissue and sonar including calculation of depth or distance from time and wave speed
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 振動源による音の生成を記述する
    2 音波の縦波性を記述する 10 圧縮部および稀薄部を記述する
    3 人間の聴覚範囲の周波数の概略を 20Hz から 20000Hz であると述べる
    4 音波を伝送するには媒質が必要であることを知る
    5 空気中の音速が約330–350m/sであることを知る 11 一般的に、固体中よりも液体中、そして液体中よりも気体中で音が速く伝わることを知る
    6 距離と時間の測定を含む方法を用いて空気中の音速を求める手順を記述する
    7 振幅と周波数の変化が音波の** loudness(音量)および pitch(音调)**に与える影響を説明する
    8 **echo(反響音)**を音波の反射として説明する
    9 **ultrasound(超音波)**を、周波数が20kHzより高い音として定義する 12 非破壊検査における材料の欠陥検出、軟部組織の医療画像診断、ソナーを用いた深さや距離の時間と波速からの計算を含む超音波の利用について記述する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Sound is made by a vibrating object. It is a longitudinal wave: the air is squeezed into a compression 压缩 (particles close together) and stretched into a rarefaction 稀疏 (particles far apart).

    • Sound needs a medium 介质 (a material) to travel through, so it cannot travel through a vacuum.
    • Humans can hear frequencies from about $20\ \text{Hz}$ to $20\,000\ \text{Hz}$.
    • Sound travels much slower than light (about $340\ \text{m/s}$ in air), and faster in liquids and solids than in gases.
    • A larger amplitude makes a louder sound (greater loudness 响度); a higher frequency makes a higher pitch 音调. So a dolphin's rapid clicks are high-pitched, and a hard drum-hit (big vibration) is loud.

    A reflected sound is an echo 回声.

    Measuring the speed of sound. Two students stand a known distance apart, for example 500 m, measured with a tape or a trundle wheel. One bangs two blocks of wood together. The other starts a stopwatch when they see the blocks hit and stops it when they hear the bang. Light arrives almost at once, so the time measured is the time the sound takes, and speed = distance ÷ time. Repeat and take an average to reduce the reaction-time error. The echo method needs one person: clap at a known distance from a large wall and time the reflected sound, remembering that the sound travels there and back.

    Worked example. A student stands 85 m from a large wall and claps once. The echo returns 0.50 s later. Find the speed of sound.

    The sound travels to the wall and back, a distance of $2 \times 85 = 170\ \text{m}$, in $0.50\ \text{s}$:

    $$v = \frac{s}{t} = \frac{170}{0.50} = 340\ \text{m/s}$$

    Ultrasound 超声波 is sound above $20\,000\ \text{Hz}$ – too high for humans to hear. Its uses rely on reflection: sonar measures water depth, medical scanning images a baby or soft tissue, and non-destructive testing finds cracks inside metal without cutting it open. Like an echo, an ultrasound pulse travels there and back, so halve the total distance to reach the object.

    Worked example. A sonar pulse returns from the seabed $0.10\ \text{s}$ after it is sent; sound travels at $1500\ \text{m/s}$ in water. The pulse covers $s = v\times t = 1500\times0.10 = 150\ \text{m}$ there and back, so the sea is $150/2 = 75\ \text{m}$ deep.

    日本語

    Sound is made by a vibrating object. It is a longitudinal wave: the air is squeezed into a compression 压缩 (particles close together) and stretched into a rarefaction 稀疏 (particles far apart).

    • Sound needs a medium 介质 (a material) to travel through, so it cannot travel through a vacuum.
    • Humans can hear frequencies from about $20\ \text{Hz}$ to $20\,000\ \text{Hz}$.
    • Sound travels much slower than light (about $340\ \text{m/s}$ in air), and faster in liquids and solids than in gases.
    • A larger amplitude makes a louder sound (greater loudness 响度); a higher frequency makes a higher pitch 音调. So a dolphin's rapid clicks are high-pitched, and a hard drum-hit (big vibration) is loud.

    A reflected sound is an echo 回声.

    Measuring the speed of sound. Two students stand a known distance apart, for example 500 m, measured with a tape or a trundle wheel. One bangs two blocks of wood together. The other starts a stopwatch when they see the blocks hit and stops it when they hear the bang. Light arrives almost at once, so the time measured is the time the sound takes, and speed = distance ÷ time. Repeat and take an average to reduce the reaction-time error. The echo method needs one person: clap at a known distance from a large wall and time the reflected sound, remembering that the sound travels there and back.

    Worked example. A student stands 85 m from a large wall and claps once. The echo returns 0.50 s later. Find the speed of sound.

    The sound travels to the wall and back, a distance of $2 \times 85 = 170\ \text{m}$, in $0.50\ \text{s}$:

    $$v = \frac{s}{t} = \frac{170}{0.50} = 340\ \text{m/s}$$

    Ultrasound 超声波 is sound above $20\,000\ \text{Hz}$ – too high for humans to hear. Its uses rely on reflection: sonar measures water depth, medical scanning images a baby or soft tissue, and non-destructive testing finds cracks inside metal without cutting it open. Like an echo, an ultrasound pulse travels there and back, so halve the total distance to reach the object.

    Worked example. A sonar pulse returns from the seabed $0.10\ \text{s}$ after it is sent; sound travels at $1500\ \text{m/s}$ in water. The pulse covers $s = v\times t = 1500\times0.10 = 150\ \text{m}$ there and back, so the sea is $150/2 = 75\ \text{m}$ deep.

    A microphone converts sound vibrations in air into an electrical signal
    A microphone converts sound vibrations in air into an electrical signal
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Sound

    y = a sin(bt + c)

    Louder = bigger amplitude; higher pitch = higher frequency.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    compression/kəmˈpreʃn/ 圧縮を使う
    rarefaction/ˌreərɪˈfækʃn/ 希薄部
    medium/ˈmiːdɪəm/ 媒質
    loudness/ˈlaʊdnəs/ 音量
    pitch/pɪtʃ/ ピッチ
    echo/ˈekəʊ/ echo
    Ultrasound/ˌʊltrəˈsaʊnd/ 超音波
    3.4

    Exam tips

    • Learn $v = f\lambda$ and be ready to rearrange it. Measure all angles of incidence, reflection and refraction from the normal (the line at 90° to the surface), never from the surface itself.
    • Transverse waves vibrate across the direction of travel (light, water); longitudinal waves vibrate along it (sound). Sound needs a medium, so it cannot cross a vacuum; light can.
    • Total internal reflection happens only when light travels from a denser material to a less dense one and the angle inside is bigger than the critical angle.
    • Know the electromagnetic spectrum in order — radio, microwave, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, X-ray, gamma. All travel at the same speed in a vacuum; frequency and energy rise from radio to gamma.
    • Going into a denser material (air → glass) light slows down and bends towards the normal; leaving it (glass → air) light speeds up and bends away.
  • 4

    Electricity and magnetism · ⁨電気学と磁気学⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    4.1

    Magnetism

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the forces between magnetic poles and between magnets and magnetic materials, including the use of the terms north pole (N pole), south pole (S pole), attraction and repulsion, magnetised and unmagnetised 10 Explain that magnetic forces are due to interactions between magnetic fields
    2 Describe induced magnetism
    3 State the differences between the properties of temporary magnets (made of soft iron) and the properties of permanent magnets (made of steel
    4 State the difference between magnetic and non-magnetic materials
    5 Describe a magnetic field as a region in which a magnetic pole experiences a force
    6 Draw the pattern and direction of magnetic field lines around a bar magnet 11 Know that the relative strength of a magnetic field is represented by the spacing of the magnetic field lines
    7 State that the direction of a magnetic field at a point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a magnet at that point
    8 Describe the plotting of magnetic field lines with a compass or iron filings and the use of a compass to determine the direction of the magnetic field
    9 Describe the uses of permanent magnets and electromagnets
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 north pole (N極)、south pole (S極)、attraction(引力)、**repulsion(斥力)**といった用語を用い、磁極間および磁石と磁性体間の力の関係、および磁化された状態と磁化されていない状態について記述する 10 磁力は磁場同士の相互作用によって生じることを説明する
    2 **induced magnetism(誘導磁気)**を記述する
    3 temporary magnets(一時的磁石)(軟鉄製)と permanent magnets(永久磁石)(鋼製)の性質の違いを述べる
    4 磁性材料と非磁性材料の違いを述べる
    5 **magnetic field(磁場)**を、磁極に力が働く領域として記述する
    6 **magnetic field lines(磁束線)**の棒状磁石周囲の模様が方向を示す図を描く 11 磁場の相対的な強さは磁束線の密度で表されることを知る
    7 一点における磁場の方向は、その点にある磁石のN極に働く力の方向であることを述べる
    8 コンパスまたは鉄粉を用いて磁束線をプロットする方法、およびコンパスを用いて磁場の方向を求める使い方を記述する
    9 永久磁石と電磁石の利用について記述する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    A magnet 磁体 can attract some metals. Every magnet has two ends, called poles 磁极: a north pole 北极 (N pole) and a south pole 南极 (S pole).

    The rule for two poles is like the rule for charges:

    • Poles that are the same (N and N, or S and S) repel 排斥 (push apart): this is repulsion 排斥力.
    • Poles that are different (N and S) attract 吸引 (pull together): this is attraction 吸引力.

    A magnet attracts a magnetic material 磁性材料, such as iron, steel, cobalt and nickel. Other materials (copper, plastic, wood) are non-magnetic and feel no force.

    Induced magnetism

    Put a piece of iron near or touching a magnet, and the iron becomes a magnet itself. This is induced magnetism 感应磁性. The end of the iron nearest the magnet gains the opposite pole, so the two then attract.

    Temporary and permanent magnets

    • Soft iron 软铁 is easy to magnetise 磁化 but loses its magnetism quickly. It is used for a temporary magnet 临时磁体.
    • Steel 钢 is harder to magnetise but keeps its magnetism. It is used for a permanent magnet 永磁体.

    So an unmagnetised 未磁化 piece of soft iron is the best core for an electromagnet, while steel is best for a bar magnet.

    Magnetic fields

    A magnetic field 磁场 is a region 区域 where a magnetic pole feels a force. We draw it with magnetic field lines 磁场线:

    • The lines come out of the N pole and go into the S pole.
    • The field direction at a point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a small test magnet placed there.
    • Where the lines are close together the field is strong; where they are far apart the field is weak.

    You can show the pattern by sprinkling iron filings 铁屑 on paper over a magnet, or by moving a small plotting compass 指南针 around it (the needle points along the field).

    Uses of magnets

    • Permanent magnets: fridge door catches, compass needles, loudspeakers.
    • Electromagnets 电磁铁 (magnetic only while a current flows): cranes that lift scrap iron, electric bells, relays. An electromagnet can be switched on and off and made stronger, which a permanent magnet cannot.

    Magnetic forces happen because the fields of the two magnets push and pull on each other.

    日本語

    A magnet 磁体 can attract some metals. Every magnet has two ends, called poles 磁极: a north pole 北极 (N pole) and a south pole 南极 (S pole).

    Two magnets: N facing S attract; N facing N repel
    Like poles repel; unlike poles attract

    The rule for two poles is like the rule for charges:

    • Poles that are the same (N and N, or S and S) repel 排斥 (push apart): this is repulsion 排斥力.
    • Poles that are different (N and S) attract 吸引 (pull together): this is attraction 吸引力.

    A magnet attracts a magnetic material 磁性材料, such as iron, steel, cobalt and nickel. Other materials (copper, plastic, wood) are non-magnetic and feel no force.

    Induced magnetism

    Put a piece of iron near or touching a magnet, and the iron becomes a magnet itself. This is induced magnetism 感应磁性. The end of the iron nearest the magnet gains the opposite pole, so the two then attract.

    Temporary and permanent magnets

    • Soft iron 软铁 is easy to magnetise 磁化 but loses its magnetism quickly. It is used for a temporary magnet 临时磁体.
    • Steel 钢 is harder to magnetise but keeps its magnetism. It is used for a permanent magnet 永磁体.

    So an unmagnetised 未磁化 piece of soft iron is the best core for an electromagnet, while steel is best for a bar magnet.

    Magnetic fields

    A magnetic field 磁场 is a region 区域 where a magnetic pole feels a force. We draw it with magnetic field lines 磁场线:

    • The lines come out of the N pole and go into the S pole.
    • The field direction at a point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a small test magnet placed there.
    • Where the lines are close together the field is strong; where they are far apart the field is weak.
    A bar magnet with field lines looping from the north pole to the south pole
    The field lines of a bar magnet come out of the N pole and go into the S pole

    You can show the pattern by sprinkling iron filings 铁屑 on paper over a magnet, or by moving a small plotting compass 指南针 around it (the needle points along the field).

    Tiny iron filings on white paper lining up into curved lines around a red and blue bar magnet
    Iron filings line up along the field lines, showing the field pattern of a bar magnet

    Uses of magnets

    • Permanent magnets: fridge door catches, compass needles, loudspeakers.
    • Electromagnets 电磁铁 (magnetic only while a current flows): cranes that lift scrap iron, electric bells, relays. An electromagnet can be switched on and off and made stronger, which a permanent magnet cannot.

    Magnetic forces happen because the fields of the two magnets push and pull on each other.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Make the magnetic field visible · ⁨磁場を可視化する⁩

    Compass needles trace the field from N to S; switch between attract and repel and watch the whole pattern reorganise, with a neutral point appearing for like poles. · ⁨コンパス針はNからSへ磁場を追跡し、引力と斥力を切り替えると、同極における中立点を含む全体のパターンが再編成される様子が観察できる。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    magnet/ˈmæɡnɪt/ 磁石
    poles/pəʊlz/ 極
    north pole/nɔːθ pəʊl/ 北極
    south pole/saʊθ pəʊl/ 南極
    repel/rɪˈpel/ 押し合う
    repulsion/rɪˈpʌlʃn/ 反発
    attract/əˈtrækt/ 引き合う
    attraction/əˈtrækʃn/ 引力
    magnetic material/mæɡˈnetɪk məˈtɪərɪəl/ 磁性材料
    induced magnetism/ɪnˈdjuːst ˈmæɡnɪtɪzəm/ 誘起磁性
    soft iron/sɒft ˈaɪən/ 軟鉄
    magnetise/ˈmæɡnɪtaɪz/ 磁化させる
    temporary magnet/ˈtemprəri ˈmæɡnɪt/ 一時的な磁石
    steel/stiːl/ 鋼材
    permanent magnet/ˈpɜːmənənt ˈmæɡnɪt/ 永久磁石
    unmagnetised/ʌnˈmæɡnɪtaɪzd/ 未磁化
    magnetic field/mæɡˈnetɪk fiːld/ 磁場
    region/ˈriːdʒn/ 地域 (region)
    magnetic field lines/mæɡˈnetɪk fiːld laɪnz/ 磁力線
    iron filings/ˈaɪən ˈfaɪlɪŋz/ 鉄粉
    compass/ˈkʌmpəs/ コンパス
    electromagnet/ɪˌlektrəʊˈmæɡnɪt/ 電磁石
    4.2

    Static electricity

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    4.2.1 Electric charge

    Core Supplement
    1 State that there are positive and negative charges 7 State that charge is measured in coulombs
    2 State that positive charges repel other positive charges, negative charges repel other negative charges, but positive charges attract negative charges 8 Describe an electric field as a region in which an electric charge experiences a force
    3 Describe simple experiments to show the production of electrostatic charges by friction and to show the detection of electrostatic charges 9 State that the direction of an electric field at a point is the direction of the force on a positive charge at that point
    4 Explain that charging of solids by friction involves only a transfer of negative charge (electrons) 10 Describe simple electric field patterns, including the direction of the field: (a) around a point charge (b) around a charged conducting sphere (c) between two oppositely charged parallel conducting plates (end effects will not be examined)
    5 Describe an experiment to distinguish between electrical conductors and insulators
    6 Recall and use a simple electron model to explain the difference between electrical conductors and insulators and give typical examples

    4.2.2 Electric current

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that electric current is related to the flow of charge 5 Define electric current as the charge passing a point per unit time; recall and use the equation $I = \frac{Q}{t}$
    2 Describe the use of ammeters (analogue and digital) with different ranges
    3 Describe electrical conduction in metals in terms of the movement of free electrons 6 State that conventional current is from positive to negative and that the flow of free electrons is from negative to positive
    4 Know the difference between direct current (d.c.) and alternating current (a.c.)

    4.2.3 Electromotive force and potential difference

    Core Supplement
    1 Define electromotive force (e.m.f.) as the electrical work done by a source in moving a unit charge around a complete circuit 6 Recall and use the equation for e.m.f. $E = \frac{W}{Q}$
    2 Know that e.m.f. is measured in volts (V)
    3 Define potential difference (p.d.) as the work done by a unit charge passing through a component 7 Recall and use the equation for p.d. $V = \frac{W}{Q}$
    4 Know that the p.d. between two points is measured in volts (V)
    5 Describe the use of voltmeters (analogue and digital) with different ranges

    4.2.4 Resistance

    Core Supplement
    1 Recall and use the equation for resistance $R = \frac{V}{I}$ 4 Sketch and explain the current–voltage graphs for a resistor of constant resistance, a filament lamp and a diode
    2 Describe an experiment to determine resistance using a voltmeter and an ammeter and do the appropriate calculations
    3 State, qualitatively, the relationship of the resistance of a metallic wire to its length and to its cross-sectional area 5 Recall and use the following relationship for a metallic electrical conductor: (a) resistance is directly proportional to length (b) resistance is inversely proportional to cross-sectional area

    4.2.5 Electrical energy and electrical power

    Core Supplement
    1 Understand that electric circuits transfer energy from a source of electrical energy, such as an electrical cell or mains supply, to the circuit components and then into the surroundings
    2 Recall and use the equation for electrical power $P = IV$
    3 Recall and use the equation for electrical energy $E = IVt$
    4 Define the kilowatt-hour (kWh) and calculate the cost of using electrical appliances where the energy unit is the kWh
    日本語

    4.2.1 電気 charge(電荷)

    コア サプリメント
    1 正の charge と負の charge が存在することを述べる 7 電荷は coulombs(コルロン)単位で測定されることを述べる
    2 正の charge は他の正の charge を反発し、負の charge は他の負の charge を反発するが、正の charge は負の charge を吸引することを述べる 8 **electric field(電場)**を、電気 charge に力が働く領域として記述する
    3 摩擦による静電気 charge の発生およびその検出を示す単純な実験を記述する 9 一点における electric field の方向は、その点にある正の charge に働く力の方向であることを述べる
    4 固体の摩擦による帯電は、負の charge(電子)の移動のみに関わることを説明する 10 単純な electric field のパターンと方向を記述する:(a) 点電荷の周囲 (b) 帯電した導体球の周囲 (c) 異符号の平行導体板の間(端効果に関する出題はない)
    5 電気 **conductors(導体)**と **insulators(絶縁体)**を区別するための実験を記述する
    6 単純な electron model(電子モデル)を用いて導体と絶縁体の違いを説明し、一般的な例を挙げる

    4.2.2 電気 current(電流)

    コア サプリメント
    1 electric currentが charge の流れに関連していることを知る 5 電気 current を単位時間あたりに一点を通過する charge として定義し、式 $I = \frac{Q}{t}$ を記憶して用いる
    2 異なるレンジを持つ ammeter(アンメーター)(アナログおよびデジタル)の使用法を記述する
    3 金属中の電気伝導を free electrons(自由電子)の運動として説明する 6 conventional current(標準電流)は正から負へ流向し、free electrons の流れは負から正へ流向することを述べる
    4 **direct current (d.c.)**と **alternating current (a.c.)**の違いを知る

    4.2.3 Electromotive force(起電力)と potential difference(電位差)

    コア サプリメント
    1 **electromotive force (e.m.f.)**を、電源が回路全体を一周する際に unit charge(単位電荷)に対して行う電気 work(仕事)として定義する 6 e.m.f. の式 $E = \frac{W}{Q}$ を記憶して用いる
    2 e.m.f. は volts(ボルト, V)単位で測定されることを知る
    3 **potential difference (p.d.)**を、unit charge が部品を通過する際に行われる work(仕事)として定義する 7 p.d. の式 $V = \frac{W}{Q}$ を記憶して用いる
    4 二点間の p.d. は volts(ボルト, V)単位で測定されることを知る
    5 異なるレンジを持つ voltmeter(ボルテメーター)(アナログおよびデジタル)の使用法を記述する

    4.2.4 Resistance(抵抗)

    コア サプリメント
    1 resistanceの式 $R = \frac{V}{I}$ を記憶して用いる 4 一定抵抗の resistor、フィラメントランプ、diode の current–voltage グラフの形状と説明を描く
    2 voltmeter と ammeter を用いて resistance を求める実験を記述し、適切な計算を行う
    3 金属線の resistance がその length(長さ)および cross-sectional area(断面積)とどう関係するかを定性的に述べる 5 金属導体に対する以下の関係式を記憶して用いる:(a) resistance は length に比例する (b) resistance は cross-sectional area に反比例する

    4.2.5 電気 energy(エネルギー)と electrical power(電気出力)

    コア サプリメント
    1 電気回路が、電池や家庭用電源などの電気エネルギー源から回路素子を経由して周囲へとエネルギーを転送することを理解する
    2 電気 power の式 $P = IV$ を記憶して用いる
    3 電気 energy の式 $E = IVt$ を記憶して用いる
    4 **kilowatt-hour (kWh)**を定義し、エネルギー単位が kWh である場合の電気機器使用コストを計算する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    There are two kinds of electric charge 电荷: positive charge 正电荷 and negative charge 负电荷. The rule is like the rule for poles — same charges repel, different charges attract.

    Charging by friction

    When you rub two different materials together, electrons 电子 (tiny negative particles) move from one to the other. This is charging by friction 摩擦起电.

    • The material that gains electrons becomes negative.
    • The material that loses electrons becomes positive.

    Only the negative electrons move; the positive charge stays in place. For example, a plastic rod rubbed with a cloth becomes negative because electrons move from the cloth onto the rod, leaving the cloth positive.

    Detecting a charge. A charged rod picks up small pieces of paper, and it bends a thin stream of water from a tap. Hang one charged rod from a thread and bring another charged rod near it: if the two have the same kind of charge, the hanging rod swings away. Repulsion is the only sure test for a charge, because attraction also happens with uncharged objects.

    Conductors and insulators

    • A conductor 导体 (copper and other metals) lets charge flow through it easily, because it has free electrons that can move.
    • An insulator 绝缘体 (plastic, rubber, glass) does not let charge flow, because its electrons cannot move freely.

    To test a material, join it in a circuit with a lamp and a battery: the lamp lights only for a conductor.

    Electric fields and ions

    Charge is measured in coulombs 库仑 (C). An electric field 电场 is a region where an electric charge feels a force. Its direction at a point is the direction of the force on a positive charge. Simple field patterns (the arrows show the direction):

    • around a point charge 点电荷: straight lines, pointing away from a positive charge and towards a negative charge;
    • around a charged ball (sphere): the same, spreading out evenly all around;
    • between two parallel plates with opposite charges: straight, evenly spaced lines from the positive plate to the negative plate.

    An atom is normally neutral. If it loses electrons it becomes a positive ion 离子; if it gains electrons it becomes a negative ion.

    日本語

    There are two kinds of electric charge 电荷: positive charge 正电荷 and negative charge 负电荷. The rule is like the rule for poles — same charges repel, different charges attract.

    A girl touching a Van de Graaff generator dome with her hair standing straight up and pushing apart
    Every hair picks up the same charge from the dome, and like charges repel — so the hairs push apart

    Charging by friction

    When you rub two different materials together, electrons 电子 (tiny negative particles) move from one to the other. This is charging by friction 摩擦起电.

    • The material that gains electrons becomes negative.
    • The material that loses electrons becomes positive.

    Only the negative electrons move; the positive charge stays in place. For example, a plastic rod rubbed with a cloth becomes negative because electrons move from the cloth onto the rod, leaving the cloth positive.

    Detecting a charge. A charged rod picks up small pieces of paper, and it bends a thin stream of water from a tap. Hang one charged rod from a thread and bring another charged rod near it: if the two have the same kind of charge, the hanging rod swings away. Repulsion is the only sure test for a charge, because attraction also happens with uncharged objects.

    Conductors and insulators

    • A conductor 导体 (copper and other metals) lets charge flow through it easily, because it has free electrons that can move.
    • An insulator 绝缘体 (plastic, rubber, glass) does not let charge flow, because its electrons cannot move freely.

    To test a material, join it in a circuit with a lamp and a battery: the lamp lights only for a conductor.

    Electric fields and ions

    Charge is measured in coulombs 库仑 (C). An electric field 电场 is a region where an electric charge feels a force. Its direction at a point is the direction of the force on a positive charge. Simple field patterns (the arrows show the direction):

    • around a point charge 点电荷: straight lines, pointing away from a positive charge and towards a negative charge;
    • around a charged ball (sphere): the same, spreading out evenly all around;
    • between two parallel plates with opposite charges: straight, evenly spaced lines from the positive plate to the negative plate.
    Field lines pointing out of a positive charge, into a negative charge, and straight down between two charged plates
    Electric field lines point away from a positive charge and towards a negative one; between parallel plates the field is uniform

    An atom is normally neutral. If it loses electrons it becomes a positive ion 离子; if it gains electrons it becomes a negative ion.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Rub a balloon and watch it charge · ⁨風船をこすって充電する様子を見る⁩

    Rubbing moves electrons onto the balloon, making it negative — then it attracts a neutral wall or your hair, but repels another negative balloon. · ⁨摩擦によって電子が風船に移動し、風船は負の電荷になります。その後、中性の壁や髪の毛を引く力として作用しますが、別の負の電荷を持つ風船とは反発します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    electric charge/ɪˈlektrɪk tʃɑːdʒ/ 電気的電荷
    positive charge/ˈpɒzɪtɪv tʃɑːdʒ/ 正電荷
    negative charge/ˈneɡətɪv tʃɑːdʒ/ 負電荷
    electron/ɪˈlektrɒn/ 電子
    charging by friction/ˈtʃɑːdʒɪŋ baɪ ˈfrɪkʃn/ 摩擦起電
    conductor/kənˈdʌktə/ 導体
    insulator/ˈɪnsjuːleɪtə/ 絶縁体
    coulomb/ˈkuːlɒm/ クーロン
    electric field/ɪˈlektrɪk fiːld/ 電界
    point charge/pɔɪnt tʃɑːdʒ/ 点電荷の
    ion/ˈaɪɒn/ イオン
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    4.2

    Electric current

    English

    An electric current 电流 is a flow of electric charge. It is measured in amperes 安培 (A) with an ammeter 电流表, joined in series in the circuit.

    An analogue 模拟 ammeter has a needle that moves over a scale; a digital 数字 ammeter shows the reading as a number. Both come with different ranges 量程. Choose the range just above the biggest current you expect, so the reading is accurate: a 0–1 A range for a current of about 0.4 A, or a 0–100 mA range for a few milliamps.

    Current is the charge that passes a point each second:

    $$I = \frac{Q}{t}$$

    Here $I$ is current (A), $Q$ is charge (C) and $t$ is time (s). Rearranged, $Q = It$.

    Worked example. A current of $3.0\ \text{A}$ flows through a lamp for $20\ \text{s}$. How much charge passes through it?

    $$Q = It = 3.0 \times 20 = 60\ \text{C}$$

    In a metal the current is a flow of free electrons 自由电子. There are two "directions" to know:

    • Conventional current 常规电流 is taken to flow from + to − round the outside of the cell.
    • The free electrons really drift the other way, from − to +.

    A direct current 直流电 (d.c.) always flows one way, as from a battery. An alternating current 交流电 (a.c.) keeps swapping direction many times each second, as from the mains supply 市电.

    日本語

    An electric current 电流 is a flow of electric charge. It is measured in amperes 安培 (A) with an ammeter 电流表, joined in series in the circuit.

    An analogue 模拟 ammeter has a needle that moves over a scale; a digital 数字 ammeter shows the reading as a number. Both come with different ranges 量程. Choose the range just above the biggest current you expect, so the reading is accurate: a 0–1 A range for a current of about 0.4 A, or a 0–100 mA range for a few milliamps.

    Current is the charge that passes a point each second:

    $$I = \frac{Q}{t}$$

    Here $I$ is current (A), $Q$ is charge (C) and $t$ is time (s). Rearranged, $Q = It$.

    Worked example. A current of $3.0\ \text{A}$ flows through a lamp for $20\ \text{s}$. How much charge passes through it?

    $$Q = It = 3.0 \times 20 = 60\ \text{C}$$

    In a metal the current is a flow of free electrons 自由电子. There are two "directions" to know:

    • Conventional current 常规电流 is taken to flow from + to − round the outside of the cell.
    • The free electrons really drift the other way, from − to +.

    A direct current 直流电 (d.c.) always flows one way, as from a battery. An alternating current 交流电 (a.c.) keeps swapping direction many times each second, as from the mains supply 市电.

    A steady horizontal line for direct current beside a wave crossing zero for alternating current
    Direct current is steady in one direction; alternating current keeps swapping direction, crossing zero many times each second
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    electric current/ɪˈlektrɪk ˈkʌrənt/ 電流
    ampere/ˈæmpeə/ アンペール
    ammeter/ˈæmiːtə/ アンメーター
    analogue/ˈænəlɒɡ/ アナログ
    digital/ˈdɪdʒɪtl/ デジタル
    ranges/ˈreɪndʒɪz/ 範囲
    free electrons/friː ɪˈlektrɒnz/ 自由電子
    conventional current/kənˈvenʃənl ˈkʌrənt/ conventional current(正電荷の流れ)
    direct current/daɪˈrekt ˈkʌrənt/ 直流電流
    alternating current/ˈɔːltəneɪtɪŋ ˈkʌrənt/ 交流
    mains supply/meɪnz səˈplaɪ/ 家庭用電源
    4.2

    E.m.f. and potential difference

    English

    A cell gives energy 能量 to the charges that move through it. Two quantities describe this, and both are measured in volts 伏特 (V).

    • The electromotive force 电动势 (e.m.f.) of a source is the electrical work it does to drive unit charge all the way round a complete circuit 电路.
    • The potential difference 电势差 (p.d.) across a component is the work done by unit charge as it passes through that component.

    A voltmeter 电压表 measures e.m.f. or p.d. It is joined in parallel (across the component). Like ammeters, voltmeters are analogue or digital and have different ranges: pick the range just above the largest voltage you expect.

    Both are work done per unit charge:

    $$E = \frac{W}{Q}, \qquad V = \frac{W}{Q}$$

    where $W$ is the energy transferred (J) and $Q$ is the charge (C). For example, if a cell does $120\ \text{J}$ of work moving $60\ \text{C}$ of charge round a circuit, its e.m.f. is $120 / 60 = 2\ \text{V}$.

    日本語

    A cell gives energy 能量 to the charges that move through it. Two quantities describe this, and both are measured in volts 伏特 (V).

    • The electromotive force 电动势 (e.m.f.) of a source is the electrical work it does to drive unit charge all the way round a complete circuit 电路.
    • The potential difference 电势差 (p.d.) across a component is the work done by unit charge as it passes through that component.

    A voltmeter 电压表 measures e.m.f. or p.d. It is joined in parallel (across the component). Like ammeters, voltmeters are analogue or digital and have different ranges: pick the range just above the largest voltage you expect.

    A circuit with a voltmeter across the cell reading the e.m.f. and a voltmeter across the lamp reading the potential difference
    A voltmeter across the cell reads the e.m.f. (energy each coulomb is given); a voltmeter across the lamp reads the p.d. (energy each coulomb spends there).

    Both are work done per unit charge:

    $$E = \frac{W}{Q}, \qquad V = \frac{W}{Q}$$

    where $W$ is the energy transferred (J) and $Q$ is the charge (C). For example, if a cell does $120\ \text{J}$ of work moving $60\ \text{C}$ of charge round a circuit, its e.m.f. is $120 / 60 = 2\ \text{V}$.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    volt/vəʊlt/ ボルト
    electromotive force/ɪˌlektrəʊˈməʊtɪv fɔːs/ 起電力
    circuit/ˈsɜːkɪt/ 回路
    potential difference/pəˈtenʃl ˈdɪfrəns/ 電位差
    voltmeter/ˈvəʊltmiːtə/ ボルテメーター
    4.2

    Resistance

    English

    Resistance 电阻 measures how hard it is for current to flow. A bigger resistance gives a smaller current. It is measured in ohms 欧姆 (Ω).

    $$R = \frac{V}{I}$$

    Measuring resistance. Connect the component in series with a cell, a switch, an ammeter and a variable resistor 可变电阻器, and connect a voltmeter across the component. Close the switch, read $I$ and $V$, then change the variable resistor to get several more pairs of readings. Either calculate $R = V/I$ for each pair and take the average, or plot $V$ against $I$: for a metal wire at constant temperature the graph is a straight line through the origin, and its gradient is $R$.

    Worked example. A $12\ \text{V}$ battery drives a current of $0.50\ \text{A}$ through a lamp. Find the lamp's resistance.

    $$R = \frac{V}{I} = \frac{12}{0.50} = 24\ \Omega$$

    For a metal wire at constant temperature:

    • a longer wire has a bigger resistance — resistance is directly proportional 成正比 to length, $R \propto l$;
    • a thicker wire has a smaller resistance — resistance is inversely proportional 成反比 to cross-sectional area 横截面积, $R \propto \dfrac{1}{A}$.

    So doubling the length doubles the resistance; doubling the area halves it. (Area depends on the diameter squared, so a small change in diameter changes the resistance a lot.)

    Current–voltage graphs show how three components behave:

    Component Shape of the I–V graph What it tells you
    resistor 电阻器 (fixed) straight line through the origin resistance is constant, so $I \propto V$
    filament lamp 灯丝灯泡 S-shaped, getting flatter as $V$ rises the wire heats up, so its resistance rises
    diode 二极管 current one way only very high resistance the "wrong" way
    日本語

    Resistance 电阻 measures how hard it is for current to flow. A bigger resistance gives a smaller current. It is measured in ohms 欧姆 (Ω).

    $$R = \frac{V}{I}$$

    Measuring resistance. Connect the component in series with a cell, a switch, an ammeter and a variable resistor 可变电阻器, and connect a voltmeter across the component. Close the switch, read $I$ and $V$, then change the variable resistor to get several more pairs of readings. Either calculate $R = V/I$ for each pair and take the average, or plot $V$ against $I$: for a metal wire at constant temperature the graph is a straight line through the origin, and its gradient is $R$.

    Worked example. A $12\ \text{V}$ battery drives a current of $0.50\ \text{A}$ through a lamp. Find the lamp's resistance.

    $$R = \frac{V}{I} = \frac{12}{0.50} = 24\ \Omega$$

    For a metal wire at constant temperature:

    • a longer wire has a bigger resistance — resistance is directly proportional 成正比 to length, $R \propto l$;
    • a thicker wire has a smaller resistance — resistance is inversely proportional 成反比 to cross-sectional area 横截面积, $R \propto \dfrac{1}{A}$.

    So doubling the length doubles the resistance; doubling the area halves it. (Area depends on the diameter squared, so a small change in diameter changes the resistance a lot.)

    Current–voltage graphs show how three components behave:

    Component Shape of the I–V graph What it tells you
    resistor 电阻器 (fixed) straight line through the origin resistance is constant, so $I \propto V$
    filament lamp 灯丝灯泡 S-shaped, getting flatter as $V$ rises the wire heats up, so its resistance rises
    diode 二极管 current one way only very high resistance the "wrong" way
    Three current-voltage graphs: a straight line for a resistor, an S-shaped curve for a filament lamp, and a one-way curve for a diode
    A resistor gives a straight line; a filament lamp curves as it heats up; a diode lets current pass only one way
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Ohm's law · ⁨オームの法則⁩

    V = IR

    For an ohmic conductor the current is proportional to the voltage — the gradient is 1/resistance. · ⁨オーム抵抗体において電流は電圧に比例します — 勾配は1/抵抗値です。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    I–V characteristics · ⁨I–V特性曲線⁩

    A resistor gives a straight line; a filament lamp and a diode do not. Pick a component and read I and R off the curve. · ⁨抵抗体は直線を与えますが、フィラメントランプやダイオードはそうではありません。部品を選び、曲線からIとRを読み取ります。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Resistance

    V = R·I

    Ohm's law: voltage is proportional to current — the gradient is the resistance R. · ⁨オームの法則: 電圧は 比例して 電流に等しい — 傾きが抵抗Rです。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    resistance/rɪˈzɪstəns/ 反対意见
    ohm/əʊm/ オーム
    variable resistor/ˈveərɪəbl rɪˈzɪstə/ 可変抵抗器
    directly proportional/daɪˈrektli prəˈpɔːʃənl/ 比例
    inversely proportional/ɪnˈvɜːsli prəˈpɔːʃənl/ 反比例
    cross-sectional area/krɒs ˈsekʃənl ˈeərɪə/ 断面積
    resistor/rɪˈzɪstə/ 抵抗器の
    filament lamp/ˈfɪləmənt læmp/ 白熱電球
    diode/ˈdaɪəʊd/ ダイオード
    4.2

    Electrical energy and power

    English

    A circuit transfers energy from a source (a cell or the mains) to the components, and then into the surroundings (often as heat, light or sound).

    Electrical power 电功率 is the energy transferred each second, measured in watts 瓦特 (W):

    $$P = IV$$

    The electrical energy 电能 transferred in a time $t$, measured in joules 焦耳 (J), is:

    $$E = IVt$$

    Worked example. A $12\ \text{V}$ motor draws a current of $2.0\ \text{A}$. Find its power, and the energy it transfers in $30\ \text{s}$.

    $$P = IV = 2.0 \times 12 = 24\ \text{W}$$
    $$E = Pt = 24 \times 30 = 720\ \text{J}$$

    The kilowatt-hour

    Home electricity bills use a bigger energy unit, the kilowatt-hour 千瓦时 (kWh). One kilowatt-hour is the energy used by a $1\ \text{kW}$ appliance 电器 in $1$ hour.

    $$\text{energy (kWh)} = \text{power (kW)} \times \text{time (h)}$$
    $$\text{cost} = \text{energy (kWh)} \times \text{price per kWh}$$

    For example, a $2\ \text{kW}$ heater 加热器 used for $3$ hours uses $2 \times 3 = 6\ \text{kWh}$. If one kWh costs $20$ cents, the cost is $6 \times 20 = 120$ cents.

    日本語

    A circuit transfers energy from a source (a cell or the mains) to the components, and then into the surroundings (often as heat, light or sound).

    Electrical power 电功率 is the energy transferred each second, measured in watts 瓦特 (W):

    $$P = IV$$

    The electrical energy 电能 transferred in a time $t$, measured in joules 焦耳 (J), is:

    $$E = IVt$$

    Worked example. A $12\ \text{V}$ motor draws a current of $2.0\ \text{A}$. Find its power, and the energy it transfers in $30\ \text{s}$.

    $$P = IV = 2.0 \times 12 = 24\ \text{W}$$
    $$E = Pt = 24 \times 30 = 720\ \text{J}$$

    The kilowatt-hour

    Home electricity bills use a bigger energy unit, the kilowatt-hour 千瓦时 (kWh). One kilowatt-hour is the energy used by a $1\ \text{kW}$ appliance 电器 in $1$ hour.

    $$\text{energy (kWh)} = \text{power (kW)} \times \text{time (h)}$$
    $$\text{cost} = \text{energy (kWh)} \times \text{price per kWh}$$

    For example, a $2\ \text{kW}$ heater 加热器 used for $3$ hours uses $2 \times 3 = 6\ \text{kWh}$. If one kWh costs $20$ cents, the cost is $6 \times 20 = 120$ cents.

    A modern household electricity meter with a digital display reading zero kilowatt-hours
    A household electricity meter counts the energy used, in kilowatt-hours (kWh) — the number it shows is what you pay for
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    electrical power/ɪˈlektrɪkl ˈpaʊə/ 電気出力
    watt/wɒt/ ワット
    electrical energy/ɪˈlektrɪkl ˈenədʒi/ 電気エネルギー
    joule/dʒuːl/ ジュール
    kilowatt-hour/ˈkɪləwɒt ˈaʊə/ キロワット時
    appliance/əˈplaɪəns/ 電気機器
    heater/ˈhiːtə/ ヒーター
    4.3

    Circuits

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    4.3.1 Circuit diagrams and circuit components

    Core Supplement
    1 Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing cells, batteries, power supplies, generators, potential dividers, switches, resistors (fixed and variable), heaters, thermistors (NTC only), light-dependent resistors (LDRs), lamps, motors, bells, ammeters, voltmeters, magnetising coils, transformers, fuses and relays and know how these components behave in the circuit 2 Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing diodes and light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and know how these components behave in the circuit

    4.3.2 Series and parallel circuits

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that the current at every point in a series circuit is the same 8 Recall and use in calculations, the fact that: (a) the sum of the currents entering a junction in a parallel circuit is equal to the sum of the currents that leave the junction (b) the total p.d. across the components in a series circuit is equal to the sum of the individual p.d.s across each component (c) the p.d. across an arrangement of parallel resistances is the same as the p.d. across one branch in the arrangement of the parallel resistances
    2 Know how to construct and use series and parallel circuits
    3 Calculate the combined e.m.f. of several sources in series
    4 Calculate the combined resistance of two or more resistors in series
    5 State that, for a parallel circuit, the current from the source is larger than the current in each branch 9 Explain that the sum of the currents into a junction is the same as the sum of the currents out of the junction
    6 State that the combined resistance of two resistors in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself 10 Calculate the combined resistance of two resistors in parallel
    7 State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel in a lighting circuit

    4.3.3 Action and use of circuit components

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that the p.d. across an electrical conductor increases as its resistance increases for a constant current 2 Describe the action of a variable potential divider
    3 Recall and use the equation for two resistors used as a potential divider
    $$\frac{R_1}{R_2} = \frac{V_1}{V_2}$$
    日本語

    4.3.1 回路図と回路素子

    コア サプリメント
    1 電池、蓄電池、電源装置、発電機、分圧器、スイッチ、抵抗器(固定・可変)、ヒーター、熱敏抵抗器(NTCのみ)、光依存性抵抗器(LDR)、ランプ、モーター、ベル、アンペアメーター、ボルトメーター、磁化コイル、トランス、ヒューズ、リレーを含む回路図を描き、解釈し、これらの素子に回路内でどのような振る舞いを示すかを理解する 2 ダイオードおよび発光ダイオード(LED)を含む回路図を描き、解釈し、これらの素子に回路内でどのような振る舞いを示すかを理解する

    4.3.2 直列および並列回路

    コア サプリメント
    1 直列回路の各点における電流は等しいことを知る 8 計算において以下的事实を recall して用いること: (a) 並列回路の節点に流入する電流の総和は、その節点から流出する電流の総和に等しい (b) 直列回路の素子間全体電圧は、各素子間の個別電圧の総和に等しい (c) 並列抵抗器の配置全体に印加される電圧は、その並列配置内のいずれかの枝の電圧と等しい
    2 直列および並列回路の構成方法と使用法を知る
    3 直列接続された複数の電源からの合成起電力を計算する
    4 直列接続された2つ以上の抵抗器の合成抵抗を計算する
    5 並列回路において、電源からの電流は各枝の電流より大きいことを述べる 9 節点に流入する電流の総和は、節点から流出する電流の総和と同じであることを説明する
    6 並列接続された2つの抵抗器の合成抵抗は、それぞれの抵抗器単体の抵抗より小さいことを述べる 10 並列接続された2つの抵抗器の合成抵抗を計算する
    7 照明回路でランプを並列接続する利点を述べる

    4.3.3 回路素子の作用と使用

    コア サプリメント
    1 一定電流条件下では、電気伝導体両端の電圧は抵抗が増加すると増加することを知る 2 可変分圧器の作用を記述する
    3 2つの抵抗器を分圧器として用いるための式
    $$\frac{R_1}{R_2} = \frac{V_1}{V_2}$$
    を recall して用いる

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Circuit components

    You should know these components and how they behave:

    Component What it does
    cell 电池 / battery 电池组 drives current round the circuit (a battery is two or more cells)
    power supply 电源 a source of d.c. or a.c.
    switch 开关 breaks or completes the circuit
    resistor (fixed) gives a fixed resistance
    variable resistor a resistance you can change, to control the current
    fuse 保险丝 melts and breaks the circuit if the current is too big
    lamp / heater turns electrical energy into light / into heat
    thermistor 热敏电阻 its resistance falls as it gets hotter
    light-dependent resistor 光敏电阻 (LDR) its resistance falls as the light gets brighter
    diode / light-emitting diode 发光二极管 (LED) lets current one way only; an LED also gives out light
    relay 继电器 a switch worked by an electromagnet (small current controls a big one)
    motor 电动机 turns electrical energy into movement
    bell 电铃 makes a sound
    transformer 变压器 changes the size of an a.c. voltage

    Series and parallel

    In a series 串联 circuit the parts form one single loop:

    • the current is the same at every point;
    • the supply p.d. is shared between the components;
    • cells in series add their e.m.f.s (when they point the same way);
    • resistors in series add up: $R_{\text{total}} = R_1 + R_2 + \dots$

    In a parallel 并联 circuit the parts are on separate branches:

    • each branch gets the full supply p.d.;
    • the current splits, so the current from the source is bigger than the current in any one branch;
    • the total resistance 总电阻 is less than the smallest single resistance.

    Lamps in a home are wired in parallel: each gets the full voltage, and if one fails the others stay on.

    For calculations (with the rules above):

    • at a junction 节点, the total current flowing in equals the total current flowing out;
    • in series, the supply p.d. equals the sum of the p.d.s across the components;
    • in parallel, the p.d. across each branch is the same;
    • two resistors in parallel combine as
    $$\frac{1}{R_{\text{total}}} = \frac{1}{R_1} + \frac{1}{R_2}$$

    Worked example. A $6\ \Omega$ resistor and a $3\ \Omega$ resistor are connected in parallel. Find their combined resistance.

    $$\frac{1}{R_{\text{total}}} = \frac{1}{6} + \frac{1}{3} = \frac{1}{6} + \frac{2}{6} = \frac{3}{6} = \frac{1}{2} \quad\Rightarrow\quad R_{\text{total}} = 2\ \Omega$$

    Notice the combined resistance ($2\ \Omega$) is smaller than the smaller of the two resistors.

    Potential dividers

    Two resistors in series share the supply voltage. This is a potential divider 分压器. For the same current, a bigger resistance has a bigger p.d. across it, so the bigger resistor takes the bigger share:

    $$\frac{R_1}{R_2} = \frac{V_1}{V_2}$$

    A variable potential divider (or a variable resistor) lets you change the output voltage smoothly, for example from $0\ \text{V}$ up to the full supply. If you use a thermistor or an LDR as one of the resistors, the output voltage changes with temperature or light — handy for switching a heater or a lamp on and off automatically.

    日本語

    Circuit components

    You should know these components and how they behave:

    Component What it does
    cell 电池 / battery 电池组 drives current round the circuit (a battery is two or more cells)
    power supply 电源 a source of d.c. or a.c.
    switch 开关 breaks or completes the circuit
    resistor (fixed) gives a fixed resistance
    variable resistor a resistance you can change, to control the current
    fuse 保险丝 melts and breaks the circuit if the current is too big
    lamp / heater turns electrical energy into light / into heat
    thermistor 热敏电阻 its resistance falls as it gets hotter
    light-dependent resistor 光敏电阻 (LDR) its resistance falls as the light gets brighter
    diode / light-emitting diode 发光二极管 (LED) lets current one way only; an LED also gives out light
    relay 继电器 a switch worked by an electromagnet (small current controls a big one)
    motor 电动机 turns electrical energy into movement
    bell 电铃 makes a sound
    transformer 变压器 changes the size of an a.c. voltage
    A chart of standard circuit symbols: cell, battery, switch, lamp, resistor, variable resistor, fuse, ammeter, voltmeter, diode, thermistor, LDR, LED, motor, generator, a.c. supply, potential divider, relay, transformer and magnetising coil
    The standard symbols used to draw circuit diagrams
    Rows of small resistors held in paper tape, each with coloured bands and two wire legs
    Real resistors: the coloured bands give each one's resistance in ohms

    Series and parallel

    In a series 串联 circuit the parts form one single loop:

    • the current is the same at every point;
    • the supply p.d. is shared between the components;
    • cells in series add their e.m.f.s (when they point the same way);
    • resistors in series add up: $R_{\text{total}} = R_1 + R_2 + \dots$

    In a parallel 并联 circuit the parts are on separate branches:

    • each branch gets the full supply p.d.;
    • the current splits, so the current from the source is bigger than the current in any one branch;
    • the total resistance 总电阻 is less than the smallest single resistance.

    Lamps in a home are wired in parallel: each gets the full voltage, and if one fails the others stay on.

    A series circuit with two lamps in one loop next to a parallel circuit with two lamps on separate branches
    In a series circuit the components share one loop; in a parallel circuit each lamp has its own branch

    For calculations (with the rules above):

    • at a junction 节点, the total current flowing in equals the total current flowing out;
    • in series, the supply p.d. equals the sum of the p.d.s across the components;
    • in parallel, the p.d. across each branch is the same;
    • two resistors in parallel combine as
    $$\frac{1}{R_{\text{total}}} = \frac{1}{R_1} + \frac{1}{R_2}$$

    Worked example. A $6\ \Omega$ resistor and a $3\ \Omega$ resistor are connected in parallel. Find their combined resistance.

    $$\frac{1}{R_{\text{total}}} = \frac{1}{6} + \frac{1}{3} = \frac{1}{6} + \frac{2}{6} = \frac{3}{6} = \frac{1}{2} \quad\Rightarrow\quad R_{\text{total}} = 2\ \Omega$$

    Notice the combined resistance ($2\ \Omega$) is smaller than the smaller of the two resistors.

    Potential dividers

    Two resistors in series share the supply voltage. This is a potential divider 分压器. For the same current, a bigger resistance has a bigger p.d. across it, so the bigger resistor takes the bigger share:

    $$\frac{R_1}{R_2} = \frac{V_1}{V_2}$$

    A variable potential divider (or a variable resistor) lets you change the output voltage smoothly, for example from $0\ \text{V}$ up to the full supply. If you use a thermistor or an LDR as one of the resistors, the output voltage changes with temperature or light — handy for switching a heater or a lamp on and off automatically.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Build the current with Ohm's law · ⁨オームの法則を使って電流を構築する⁩

    Turn up the voltage and the electrons speed up and the bulb glows brighter; add resistance and the current drops. I = V/R, brightness = power. · ⁨電圧を上げると電子の速度が増し、電球が明るくなります;抵抗を加えると電流は減少します。I = V/R、明るさ = 出力。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    cell/sel/ 電池
    battery/ˈbætəri/ 電池
    power supply/ˈpaʊə səˈplaɪ/ 電源
    switch/swɪtʃ/ スイッチ
    fuse/fjuːz/ ヒューズ
    thermistor/ˈθɜːmɪstə/ サーミスター
    light-dependent resistor/laɪt dɪˈpendənt rɪˈzɪstə/ 光依存抵抗器
    light-emitting diode/laɪt ɪˈmɪtɪŋ ˈdaɪəʊd/ 発光ダイオード (LED)
    relay/ˈriːleɪ/ リレー
    motor/ˈməʊtə/ 運動性
    bell/bel/ ベル
    transformer/trænsˈfɔːmə/ トランスフォーマー
    series/ˈsɪəriːz/ 直列に接続される
    parallel/ˈpærəlel/ 並列に接続される
    total resistance/ˈtəʊtl rɪˈzɪstəns/ 合成抵抗
    junction/ˈdʒʌŋkʃn/ 接点
    potential divider/pəˈtenʃl dɪˈvaɪdə/ 分圧回路
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    4.4

    Electrical safety

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    Core Supplement
    1 State the hazards of: (a) damaged insulation (b) overheating cables (c) damp conditions (d) excess current from overloading of plugs, extension leads, single and multiple sockets when using a mains supply
    2 Know that a mains circuit consists of a live wire (line wire), a neutral wire and an earth wire and explain why a switch must be connected to the live wire for the circuit to be switched off safely
    3 Explain the use and operation of trip switches and fuses and choose appropriate fuse ratings and trip switch settings
    4 Explain why the outer casing of an electrical appliance must be either non-conducting (double-insulated) or earthed
    5 State that a fuse without an earth wire protects the circuit and the cabling for a double-insulated appliance
    日本語
    コア サプリメント
    1 以下の危険性を述べる: (a) 破損した絶縁被覆 (b) ケーブルの過熱 (c) 湿気のある環境 (d) 主電源使用時のプラグ、延長コード、単独および複数ソケットの過負荷による過電流
    2 主電源回路が活線(ラインワイヤ)、ニュートラル線、アース線から構成されていることを知り、回路を安全に遮断するためにはスイッチを活線に接続しなければならない理由を説明する
    3 トリップスイッチおよびヒューズの使用と動作を説明し、適切なヒューズ定格値およびトリップスイッチ設定を選択する
    4 電気機器の外装は非伝導体(二重絶縁)であるか、またはアースされているなければならない理由を説明する
    5 アース線のないヒューズは、二重絶縁機器の回路および配線を保護することを述べる

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    A home is fed by the mains. The mains is dangerous if it is used wrongly.

    Hazards

    These are hazards 危险 (dangers) with mains electricity:

    • damaged insulation 绝缘层 — bare wires can give a shock or start a fire;
    • overheating 过热 cables — too much current makes a cable hot, which can start a fire;
    • damp 潮湿 conditions — water lets current pass into a person, raising the risk of a shock;
    • overloading 过载 — plugging too many appliances into one socket 插座 draws too much current.

    Live, neutral and earth

    A mains cable has three wires:

    • the live wire 火线 carries the high voltage;
    • the neutral wire 零线 completes the circuit at about zero voltage;
    • the earth wire 地线 is a safety wire joined to the ground.

    A switch (and a fuse) must be fitted in the live wire. Then, when the switch is off, the appliance is cut off from the high voltage and is safe to touch.

    Fuses, trip switches and earthing

    A fuse is a thin wire that melts if the current gets too big, breaking the circuit before the cable overheats. Choose a fuse rating 额定值 just above the normal working current — for example a $13\ \text{A}$ fuse for an appliance that normally uses about $10\ \text{A}$.

    A trip switch 跳闸开关 (circuit breaker) does the same job but acts faster and can be reset instead of replaced.

    The metal casing 外壳 of an appliance must be made safe in one of two ways:

    • earthed 接地: the casing is joined to the earth wire. If a live wire touches the casing, a large current flows to earth and blows the fuse.
    • double-insulated 双重绝缘: the casing is plastic, so it can never become live. Such an appliance needs no earth wire; its fuse still protects the cable.
    日本語

    A home is fed by the mains. The mains is dangerous if it is used wrongly.

    Hazards

    These are hazards 危险 (dangers) with mains electricity:

    • damaged insulation 绝缘层 — bare wires can give a shock or start a fire;
    • overheating 过热 cables — too much current makes a cable hot, which can start a fire;
    • damp 潮湿 conditions — water lets current pass into a person, raising the risk of a shock;
    • overloading 过载 — plugging too many appliances into one socket 插座 draws too much current.

    Live, neutral and earth

    A mains cable has three wires:

    • the live wire 火线 carries the high voltage;
    • the neutral wire 零线 completes the circuit at about zero voltage;
    • the earth wire 地线 is a safety wire joined to the ground.

    A switch (and a fuse) must be fitted in the live wire. Then, when the switch is off, the appliance is cut off from the high voltage and is safe to touch.

    A wired three-pin plug with the earth wire green/yellow at the top, the neutral wire blue on the left, and the live wire brown on the right with the fuse fitted in it
    In a three-pin plug the live (brown) and neutral (blue) carry the current, the earth (green/yellow) is the safety wire, and the fuse always sits in the live wire.

    Fuses, trip switches and earthing

    A fuse is a thin wire that melts if the current gets too big, breaking the circuit before the cable overheats. Choose a fuse rating 额定值 just above the normal working current — for example a $13\ \text{A}$ fuse for an appliance that normally uses about $10\ \text{A}$.

    A trip switch 跳闸开关 (circuit breaker) does the same job but acts faster and can be reset instead of replaced.

    The metal casing 外壳 of an appliance must be made safe in one of two ways:

    • earthed 接地: the casing is joined to the earth wire. If a live wire touches the casing, a large current flows to earth and blows the fuse.
    • double-insulated 双重绝缘: the casing is plastic, so it can never become live. Such an appliance needs no earth wire; its fuse still protects the cable.
    The inside of a home consumer unit showing a row of miniature circuit breakers and two RCD trip switches
    A home consumer unit: each MCB is a trip switch that cuts off its circuit when the current gets too big; the RCD (80 A, 30 mA) cuts off even faster if it detects a fault to earth
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Electrical safety route · ⁨電気的安全のルート⁩

    Follow fault current and see how safety devices protect people. · ⁨故障電流を追跡し、安全装置が人々をどのように保護するかを確認する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    hazard/ˈhæzəd/ ハザード
    insulation/ˌɪnsjuːˈleɪʃn/ 断熱材
    overheating/ˌəʊvəˈhiːtɪŋ/ 過熱
    damp/dæmp/ 湿った
    overloading/ˌəʊvəˈləʊdɪŋ/ オーバーロード
    socket/ˈsɒkɪt/ コンセント
    live wire/laɪv ˈwaɪə/ ラインワイヤー
    neutral wire/ˈnjuːtrəl ˈwaɪə/ ニュートラルワイヤー
    earth wire/ɜːθ ˈwaɪə/ アースワイヤー
    fuse rating/fjuːz ˈreɪtɪŋ/ ヒューズの定格
    trip switch/trɪp swɪtʃ/ トリップスイッチ
    casing/ˈkeɪsɪŋ/ 筐体
    earthed/ɜːθt/ アース接続
    double-insulated/ˈdʌbl ˈɪnsjuːleɪtɪd/ 二重絶縁
    4.5

    Electromagnetic effects

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    4.5.1 Electromagnetic induction

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that a conductor moving across a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field linking with a conductor can induce an e.m.f. in the conductor 4 Know that the direction of an induced e.m.f. opposes the change causing it
    2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate electromagnetic induction 5 State and use the relative directions of force, field and induced current
    3 State the factors affecting the magnitude of an induced e.m.f.

    4.5.2 The a.c. generator

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe a simple form of a.c. generator (rotating coil or rotating magnet) and the use of slip rings and brushes where needed
    2 Sketch and interpret graphs of e.m.f. against time for simple a.c. generators and relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks, troughs and zeros of the e.m.f.

    4.5.3 Magnetic effect of a current

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the pattern and direction of the magnetic field due to currents in straight wires and in solenoids 4 State the qualitative variation of the strength of the magnetic field around straight wires and solenoids
    2 Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of the magnetic field (including direction) due to currents in straight wires and in solenoids
    3 Describe how the magnetic effect of a current is used in relays and loudspeakers and give examples of their application 5 Describe the effect on the magnetic field around straight wires and solenoids of changing the magnitude and direction of the current

    4.5.4 Force on a current-carrying conductor

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe an experiment to show that a force acts on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field, including the effect of reversing: (a) the current (b) the direction of the field 2 Recall and use the relative directions of force, magnetic field and current
    3 Determine the direction of the force on beams of charged particles in a magnetic field

    4.5.5 The d.c. motor

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field may experience a turning effect and that the turning effect is increased by increasing: (a) the number of turns on the coil (b) the current (c) the strength of the magnetic field 2 Describe the operation of an electric motor, including the action of a split-ring commutator and brushes

    4.5.6 The transformer

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the construction of a simple transformer with a soft-iron core, as used for voltage transformations 6 Explain the principle of operation of a simple iron-cored transformer
    2 Use the terms primary, secondary, step-up and step-down
    3 Recall and use the equation
    $$\frac{V_p}{V_s} = \frac{N_p}{N_s}$$
    where p and s refer to primary and secondary
    7 Recall and use the equation for 100% efficiency in a transformer
    $$I_p V_p = I_s V_s$$
    where p and s refer to primary and secondary
    4 Describe the use of transformers in high-voltage transmission of electricity
    5 State the advantages of high-voltage transmission 8 Recall and use the equation
    $$P = I^2 R$$
    to explain why power losses in cables are smaller when the voltage is greater
    日本語

    4.5.1 電磁誘起

    コア サプリメント
    1 磁界に対して導体が移動するか、あるいは導体に链接する磁束が変化する場合、導体中に起電力が生じることを知る 4 誘起された起電力の方向は、それを引き起こす変化に対して反対であることを知る
    2 電磁誘起を実験で演示する方法を記述する 5 力、磁場、誘起電流の相対的な方向を述べ、用いる
    3 誘起された起電力の大きさに影響を与える要因を述べる

    4.5.2 交流発電機

    コア サプリメント
    1 単純な形式の交流発電機(回転コイルまたは回転磁石)を記述し、必要に応じてスリップリングおよびブラシの使用を説明する
    2 単純な交流発電機の起電力対時間のグラフを描き、解釈し、発電機コイルの位置を起電力のピーク、トロugh、ゼロと関連付ける

    4.5.3 電流の磁気効果

    コア サプリメント
    1 直線導体およびソレノイド中の電流による磁場のパターンおよび方向を記述する 4 直線導体およびソレノイド周囲の磁場の強さの定性的な変化を述べる
    2 直線導体およびソレノイド中の電流による磁場のパターン(方向を含み)を特定するための実験を記述する
    3 電流の磁気効果がリレーおよびスピーカーにどのように用いられるかを記述し、その応用例を示す 5 直線導体およびソレノイド周囲の磁場に対する、電流の大きさおよび方向の変化の影響を記述する

    4.5.4 電流受導体の力

    コア サプリメント
    1 磁界中に置かれた電流受導体に力が働くことを示す実験を記述し、次の場合の反転効果を含める: (a) 電流 (b) 磁場の方向 2 力、磁場、電流の相対的な方向を recall して用いる
    3 磁界中の帯電粒子ビームに働く力の方向を決定する

    4.5.5 直流モーター

    コア サプリメント
    1 磁界中に置かれた電流受コイルがねじりモーメントを受けることがあり、このねじりモーメントは次によって増大することを知る: (a) コイルの巻き数 (b) 電流 (c) 磁場の強さ 2 電気モーターの動作を記述し、スプリットリングコミュテーションおよびブラシの作用を含める

    4.5.6 トランス

    コア サプリメント
    1 電圧変換に用いられる、軟鉄芯を持つ単純なトランスの構造を記述する 6 単純な鉄芯トランスの動作原理を説明する
    2 一次、二次、昇圧、降圧という用語を用いる
    3
    $$\frac{V_p}{V_s} = \frac{N_p}{N_s}$$
    という方程式を思い出し、p と s がそれぞれ一次コイルおよび二次コイルを表す場合に用いる
    7 トランスフォーマーの100%効率における方程式
    $$I_p V_p = I_s V_s$$
    を思い出し、p と s がそれぞれ一次コイルおよび二次コイルを表す場合に用いる
    4 高圧送電におけるトランスフォーマーの用途を説明する
    5 高圧送電の利点を述べる 8
    $$P = I^2 R$$
    という方程式を用いて、電圧が高いほどケーブル内の電力損失が小さくなる理由を説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    The transformer: turns ratio
    Electromagnetic induction

    The magnetic effect of a current

    A current in a wire makes a magnetic field around it.

    • Around a straight wire the field lines are circles around the wire; the field is stronger close to the wire. Reverse the current and the field reverses.
    • A solenoid 螺线管 (a long coil 线圈 of wire) makes a field just like a bar magnet, with a N pole at one end and a S pole at the other. The field inside is strong and even.

    You can show both patterns with iron filings or a plotting compass. The field gets stronger if you increase the current, add more turns, or place a soft-iron core inside.

    The magnetic effect is used in a relay and in a loudspeaker. In a relay, a small current in a coil magnetises a soft-iron core, which pulls a switch closed in a second circuit. The second circuit can carry a large current, so a small switch or a sensor can safely control a motor or a heater (for example, the ignition switch of a car starts its motor through a relay). In a loudspeaker 扬声器 a changing current in a coil makes the coil push and pull a paper cone, which moves the air and makes sound.

    Electromagnetic induction

    When a wire moves across a magnetic field, or the field through a coil changes, an e.m.f. is induced in the wire. If the wire is part of a complete circuit, this e.m.f. drives a current. This is electromagnetic induction 电磁感应.

    To show it: move a magnet in and out of a coil joined to a sensitive meter, and watch the needle flick. The induced e.m.f. is bigger when you use a stronger magnet, move faster, or use more turns on the coil. The induced e.m.f. always acts to oppose the change that causes it. The direction of the induced current is given by Fleming's right-hand rule 弗莱明右手定则: hold the thumb, first finger and second finger of the right hand at right angles to one another; the thumb points along the motion of the wire, the first finger along the field (N to S), and the second finger then gives the induced current.

    The a.c. generator

    An a.c. generator 交流发电机 turns movement into electricity. A coil is spun in a magnetic field (or a magnet is spun near a coil). As it turns, the field through the coil keeps changing, so an alternating e.m.f. is induced.

    • Slip rings 滑环 and carbon brushes 电刷 carry the current out to the circuit while the coil keeps turning.
    • The e.m.f. is largest when the coil is flat (moving fastest across the field) and zero when the coil is upright (moving along the field). So the e.m.f.–time graph is a wave: peak, zero, opposite peak, zero, for each turn.

    Force on a current-carrying conductor

    When a current-carrying wire lies in a magnetic field, the field of the wire and the field of the magnet push on each other, so the wire feels a force. This is the motor effect.

    • Reverse the current, or reverse the field, and the force reverses.
    • Make the current bigger or the field stronger, and the force is bigger.

    The force, the field and the current are at right angles to one another. You can find the force direction with Fleming's left-hand rule 弗莱明左手定则: thumb = force (motion), first finger = field (N to S), second finger = current.

    Showing the force. Lay a stiff copper wire (or a strip of aluminium foil) between the poles of a U-shaped magnet and connect it to a cell through a switch. When the current flows, the wire jumps up or down. Reverse the cell and the wire jumps the other way; turn the magnet over and it reverses again. A bigger current or a stronger magnet gives a bigger jump.

    A moving stream of charged particles is a current, so a magnetic field pushes it sideways too — it deflects 偏转 the beam. (Remember electrons flow opposite to the conventional current.)

    The d.c. motor

    A coil carrying a current in a magnetic field feels a turning effect 转动效应, because the forces on its two sides act in opposite directions. This is a d.c. motor 直流电动机. The turning effect is bigger with more turns on the coil, a bigger current, or a stronger field.

    A split-ring commutator 换向器 swaps the current direction in the coil every half-turn. This keeps the coil turning the same way instead of stopping after half a turn.

    The transformer

    A transformer changes the size of an a.c. voltage. It has two coils wound on a soft-iron core 软铁芯:

    • the primary coil 原线圈 takes in the a.c. voltage;
    • the secondary coil 副线圈 gives out the changed voltage.

    The a.c. in the primary makes a changing magnetic field in the core. The core carries this field to the secondary, where it induces an a.c. e.m.f. The voltages and the numbers of turns are linked by:

    $$\frac{V_p}{V_s} = \frac{N_p}{N_s}$$

    Worked example. A transformer has $1200$ turns on the primary coil and $100$ turns on the secondary coil. The primary is connected to a $240\ \text{V}$ a.c. supply. Find the secondary voltage.

    $$\frac{240}{V_s} = \frac{1200}{100} = 12 \quad\Rightarrow\quad V_s = \frac{240}{12} = 20\ \text{V}$$

    Fewer turns on the secondary, so this is a step-down transformer.

    If the secondary has more turns it is a step-up 升压 transformer (voltage rises); fewer turns make a step-down 降压 transformer (voltage falls). For example, a transformer changing $240\ \text{V}$ to $12\ \text{V}$ is a step-down type, and the primary has $20$ times as many turns as the secondary.

    If a transformer is 100% efficient, the power in equals the power out:

    $$I_p V_p = I_s V_s$$

    So a step-up transformer raises the voltage but lowers the current.

    Why we use high voltage to send power

    Electricity is sent across the country by high-voltage transmission 高压输电. The power lost as heat in the cables is

    $$P = I^2 R$$

    where $R$ is the resistance of the cables. A step-up transformer raises the voltage and so lowers the current for the same power ($P = IV$). A smaller current means much less power wasted in the cables. A step-down transformer then lowers the voltage again to a safe value before it reaches homes.

    日本語
    The transformer: turns ratio
    Electromagnetic induction

    The magnetic effect of a current

    A current in a wire makes a magnetic field around it.

    • Around a straight wire the field lines are circles around the wire; the field is stronger close to the wire. Reverse the current and the field reverses.
    • A solenoid 螺线管 (a long coil 线圈 of wire) makes a field just like a bar magnet, with a N pole at one end and a S pole at the other. The field inside is strong and even.

    You can show both patterns with iron filings or a plotting compass. The field gets stronger if you increase the current, add more turns, or place a soft-iron core inside.

    A straight wire with circular field lines around it, beside a solenoid with a bar-magnet-like field
    A current makes circular field lines around a straight wire, and a bar-magnet-like field for a solenoid

    The magnetic effect is used in a relay and in a loudspeaker. In a relay, a small current in a coil magnetises a soft-iron core, which pulls a switch closed in a second circuit. The second circuit can carry a large current, so a small switch or a sensor can safely control a motor or a heater (for example, the ignition switch of a car starts its motor through a relay). In a loudspeaker 扬声器 a changing current in a coil makes the coil push and pull a paper cone, which moves the air and makes sound.

    Electromagnetic induction

    When a wire moves across a magnetic field, or the field through a coil changes, an e.m.f. is induced in the wire. If the wire is part of a complete circuit, this e.m.f. drives a current. This is electromagnetic induction 电磁感应.

    To show it: move a magnet in and out of a coil joined to a sensitive meter, and watch the needle flick. The induced e.m.f. is bigger when you use a stronger magnet, move faster, or use more turns on the coil. The induced e.m.f. always acts to oppose the change that causes it. The direction of the induced current is given by Fleming's right-hand rule 弗莱明右手定则: hold the thumb, first finger and second finger of the right hand at right angles to one another; the thumb points along the motion of the wire, the first finger along the field (N to S), and the second finger then gives the induced current.

    The a.c. generator

    An a.c. generator 交流发电机 turns movement into electricity. A coil is spun in a magnetic field (or a magnet is spun near a coil). As it turns, the field through the coil keeps changing, so an alternating e.m.f. is induced.

    • Slip rings 滑环 and carbon brushes 电刷 carry the current out to the circuit while the coil keeps turning.
    • The e.m.f. is largest when the coil is flat (moving fastest across the field) and zero when the coil is upright (moving along the field). So the e.m.f.–time graph is a wave: peak, zero, opposite peak, zero, for each turn.
    A coil turning between magnet poles, connected through slip rings and brushes, with a sine-wave a.c. output
    Turning the coil induces an alternating e.m.f.; the slip rings carry the a.c. out to the circuit

    Force on a current-carrying conductor

    When a current-carrying wire lies in a magnetic field, the field of the wire and the field of the magnet push on each other, so the wire feels a force. This is the motor effect.

    • Reverse the current, or reverse the field, and the force reverses.
    • Make the current bigger or the field stronger, and the force is bigger.

    The force, the field and the current are at right angles to one another. You can find the force direction with Fleming's left-hand rule 弗莱明左手定则: thumb = force (motion), first finger = field (N to S), second finger = current.

    Showing the force. Lay a stiff copper wire (or a strip of aluminium foil) between the poles of a U-shaped magnet and connect it to a cell through a switch. When the current flows, the wire jumps up or down. Reverse the cell and the wire jumps the other way; turn the magnet over and it reverses again. A bigger current or a stronger magnet gives a bigger jump.

    A current-carrying wire between two magnet poles, with the force at right angles to the field and current
    A current-carrying wire in a magnetic field feels a force at right angles to both the field and the current

    A moving stream of charged particles is a current, so a magnetic field pushes it sideways too — it deflects 偏转 the beam. (Remember electrons flow opposite to the conventional current.)

    The d.c. motor

    A coil carrying a current in a magnetic field feels a turning effect 转动效应, because the forces on its two sides act in opposite directions. This is a d.c. motor 直流电动机. The turning effect is bigger with more turns on the coil, a bigger current, or a stronger field.

    A split-ring commutator 换向器 swaps the current direction in the coil every half-turn. This keeps the coil turning the same way instead of stopping after half a turn.

    A coil between magnet poles with opposite forces on its two sides, a split-ring commutator, brushes and a battery
    The forces on the two sides of the coil form a couple; the split-ring commutator keeps it turning one way
    Close-up of carbon brushes on springs pressing against the copper bars of a d.c. machine commutator
    In a real d.c. machine, carbon brushes press on the copper commutator bars to feed current to the spinning coil

    The transformer

    A transformer changes the size of an a.c. voltage. It has two coils wound on a soft-iron core 软铁芯:

    • the primary coil 原线圈 takes in the a.c. voltage;
    • the secondary coil 副线圈 gives out the changed voltage.

    The a.c. in the primary makes a changing magnetic field in the core. The core carries this field to the secondary, where it induces an a.c. e.m.f. The voltages and the numbers of turns are linked by:

    $$\frac{V_p}{V_s} = \frac{N_p}{N_s}$$

    Worked example. A transformer has $1200$ turns on the primary coil and $100$ turns on the secondary coil. The primary is connected to a $240\ \text{V}$ a.c. supply. Find the secondary voltage.

    $$\frac{240}{V_s} = \frac{1200}{100} = 12 \quad\Rightarrow\quad V_s = \frac{240}{12} = 20\ \text{V}$$

    Fewer turns on the secondary, so this is a step-down transformer.

    A transformer: a primary and a secondary coil wound on a soft-iron core, with an a.c. supply on the primary
    The changing field in the core links the two coils; the voltage ratio equals the turns ratio
    A grey metal transformer fixed to a wooden electricity pole, with thick insulated cables running to it
    A real transformer on a power pole steps the high voltage in the cables down to a safer voltage for homes

    If the secondary has more turns it is a step-up 升压 transformer (voltage rises); fewer turns make a step-down 降压 transformer (voltage falls). For example, a transformer changing $240\ \text{V}$ to $12\ \text{V}$ is a step-down type, and the primary has $20$ times as many turns as the secondary.

    If a transformer is 100% efficient, the power in equals the power out:

    $$I_p V_p = I_s V_s$$

    So a step-up transformer raises the voltage but lowers the current.

    Why we use high voltage to send power

    Electricity is sent across the country by high-voltage transmission 高压输电. The power lost as heat in the cables is

    $$P = I^2 R$$

    where $R$ is the resistance of the cables. A step-up transformer raises the voltage and so lowers the current for the same power ($P = IV$). A smaller current means much less power wasted in the cables. A step-down transformer then lowers the voltage again to a safe value before it reaches homes.

    Steel lattice pylons carrying many cables across open countryside
    Pylons hold the cables that carry electricity at very high voltage, which keeps the current — and the wasted power — low
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The force that spins a motor · ⁨モーターを回転させる力⁩

    A current in a magnetic field is pushed at right angles to both — reverse the current or flip the magnet and it pushes the other way. That is what turns a motor. · ⁨磁場内の電流は、両方に対して直角に押される — 電流を逆転させたり、磁石を反転させたりすると、反対方向に押される。これがモーターを回す仕組みである。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The generator · ⁨発電機⁩

    V = a sin(bt)

    A spinning coil induces a sinusoidal voltage — the AC output. · ⁨回転するコイルは 正弦波 電圧を誘起する — これが交流出力である。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Transformer · ⁨トランスフォーマー⁩

    Add turns to the secondary to step the voltage up, fewer to step it down — Vs/Vp = Ns/Np, exactly how the grid moves power efficiently. · ⁨電圧を上昇させるには二次側に巻数を増やし、下降させるには減らします — Vs/Vp = Ns/Np。これが電力網で効率的に電力を送る仕組みです。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    solenoid/ˈsəʊlənɔɪd/ ソレノイド
    coil/kɔɪl/ コイル
    loudspeaker/ˈlaʊdspiːkə/ スピーカー
    electromagnetic induction/ɪˌlektrəʊməɡˈnetɪk ɪnˈdʌkʃn/ 電磁誘導
    Fleming's right-hand rule/ˈflemɪŋz raɪt hænd ruːl/ フレミングの右手の法則
    a.c. generator/ˌeɪ ˈsiː ˈdʒenəreɪtə/ 交流発電機
    slip rings/slɪp rɪŋz/ スリップリング
    brushes/ˈbrʌʃɪz/ ブラシ
    Fleming's left-hand rule/ˈflemɪŋz left hænd ruːl/ フレミングの左手の法則
    deflect/dɪˈflekt/ 偏る
    turning effect/ˈtɜːnɪŋ ɪˈfekt/ ねじりモーメント
    d.c. motor/ˌdiː ˈsiː ˈməʊtə/ 直流モーター
    split-ring commutator/splɪt rɪŋ ˈkɒmjuːteɪtə/ スプリットリングコメータ
    soft-iron core/sɒft ˈaɪən kɔː/ 軟鉄芯
    primary coil/ˈpraɪməri kɔɪl/ 一次コイル
    secondary coil/ˈsekəndəri kɔɪl/ 二次コイル
    step-up/step ʌp/ 昇圧
    step-down/step daʊn/ 降圧
    high-voltage transmission/haɪ ˈvəʊltɪdʒ trænˈsmɪʃn/ 高圧送電
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    4.5

    Exam tips

    • Current is the same everywhere in a series circuit; in a parallel circuit it splits between the branches. Voltage (p.d.) is shared out in series, but is the same across every parallel branch.
    • Adding resistors in series increases the total resistance ($R_1 + R_2$); adding them in parallel makes the total less than the smallest single resistor.
    • An ammeter goes in series and has very low resistance; a voltmeter goes in parallel across a component and has very high resistance.
    • In a transformer $\dfrac{V_p}{V_s} = \dfrac{N_p}{N_s}$: more turns on the secondary steps the voltage up, fewer steps it down. Transformers only work on a.c.
    • Power is sent across country at high voltage so the current — and the heat wasted in the cables, $P = I^2R$ — is small.
    • Fit the switch and the fuse in the live wire, and choose a fuse rating just above the appliance's normal working current.
  • 5

    Nuclear physics · ⁨核物理学⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    5.1

    The atom

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    5.1.1 The atom

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a positively charged nucleus and negatively charged electrons in orbit around the nucleus 3 Describe how the scattering of alpha ($\alpha$) particles by a sheet of thin metal supports the nuclear model of the atom, by providing evidence for: (a) a very small nucleus surrounded by mostly empty space (b) a nucleus containing most of the mass of the atom (c) a nucleus that is positively charged
    2 Know how atoms may form positive ions by losing electrons or form negative ions by gaining electrons

    5.1.2 The nucleus

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of protons and neutrons
    6 Describe the processes of nuclear fission and nuclear fusion as the splitting or joining of nuclei, to include the nuclide equation and qualitative description of mass and energy changes without values
    2 State the relative charges of protons, neutrons and electrons as +1, 0 and –1 respectively
    3 Define the terms proton number (atomic number) $Z$ and nucleon number (mass number) $A$ and be able to calculate the number of neutrons in a nucleus 7 Know the relationship between the proton number and the relative charge on a nucleus
    8 Know the relationship between the nucleon number and the relative mass of a nucleus
    4 Use the nuclide notation $^{A}_{Z}\text{X}$
    5 Explain what is meant by an isotope and state that an element may have more than one isotope
    日本語

    5.1.1 原子

    コア サプリメント
    1 正に帯電した核と、その周囲を軌道を描いて回る負に帯電した電子という観点から、原子の構造を説明する 3 薄金属箔によるアルファ($\alpha$)粒子の散乱が、以下の証拠を通じて原子の核モデルを裏付けていることを説明する: (a) ほぼ空洞で囲まれた非常に小さな核 (b) 原子の質量のほとんどを含む核 (c) 正に帯電した核
    2 電子を失うことで陽イオンを形成したり、電子を得ることで陰イオンを形成したりする方法を知っている

    5.1.2 核

    コア サプリメント
    1 陽子および中性子という観点から、核の構成を説明する
    6 核分裂および核融合が核の分裂または結合であるプロセスとして説明し、数値を含まない核種記号式および質量・エネルギーの変化に関する定性的な記述を含める
    2 陽子、中性子、電子の相対電荷がそれぞれ +1, 0, –1 であることを述べる
    3 原子番号(プロトン数)$Z$ および 質量数(核子数)$A$ の用語を定義し、核中の中性子の数を計算できる 7 原子番号と核の相対電荷との関係を知る
    8 核子数と核の相対質量との関係を知る
    4 核種記法 $^{A}_{Z}\text{X}$ を用いる
    5 同位体の意味を説明し、ある元素には複数の同位体があることを述べる

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    An atom 原子 is made of a tiny central nucleus 原子核 with electrons 电子 moving around it (in orbit 轨道, like planets around the Sun).

    • The nucleus has a positive charge 电荷.
    • The electrons have a negative charge.
    • The atom as a whole is neutral, because the positive and negative charges are equal.

    Almost all the mass 质量 is in the nucleus, but the nucleus is very small compared with the whole atom. So an atom is mostly empty space.

    Ions

    An atom is neutral, but it can gain or lose electrons to become an ion 离子.

    • Lose one or more electrons → a positive ion (now there are more protons than electrons).
    • Gain one or more electrons → a negative ion.

    The alpha-scattering experiment

    This experiment gave the evidence for the nuclear model. Alpha particles α粒子 (small, fast, positive) were fired at a very thin gold foil 金箔, and the scattering 散射 (the way they bounced off) was watched.

    The results and what they tell us:

    • Almost all the alpha particles went straight through. → The atom is mostly empty space.
    • A few were deflected 偏转 (bent) through small angles. → The nucleus has a positive charge, which pushes the positive alpha particles away.
    • A very few bounced almost straight back. → The nucleus is very small and very heavy, and holds most of the mass of the atom.
    日本語

    An atom 原子 is made of a tiny central nucleus 原子核 with electrons 电子 moving around it (in orbit 轨道, like planets around the Sun).

    • The nucleus has a positive charge 电荷.
    • The electrons have a negative charge.
    • The atom as a whole is neutral, because the positive and negative charges are equal.

    Almost all the mass 质量 is in the nucleus, but the nucleus is very small compared with the whole atom. So an atom is mostly empty space.

    A central nucleus of protons and neutrons with electrons moving in circular orbits around it
    The nuclear atom: a tiny dense nucleus of protons and neutrons, with electrons in orbits around it

    Ions

    An atom is neutral, but it can gain or lose electrons to become an ion 离子.

    • Lose one or more electrons → a positive ion (now there are more protons than electrons).
    • Gain one or more electrons → a negative ion.

    The alpha-scattering experiment

    This experiment gave the evidence for the nuclear model. Alpha particles α粒子 (small, fast, positive) were fired at a very thin gold foil 金箔, and the scattering 散射 (the way they bounced off) was watched.

    The results and what they tell us:

    • Almost all the alpha particles went straight through. → The atom is mostly empty space.
    • A few were deflected 偏转 (bent) through small angles. → The nucleus has a positive charge, which pushes the positive alpha particles away.
    • A very few bounced almost straight back. → The nucleus is very small and very heavy, and holds most of the mass of the atom.
    Alpha particles fired at a gold foil: most pass straight through, a few deflect, a very few bounce back
    Most alpha particles pass straight through; a few are deflected and a very few bounce back off the tiny dense nucleus
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Inside the atom · ⁨原子の内部⁩

    A tiny dense nucleus sits at the centre with electrons in shells around it — drag the proton number and watch the shells fill outward. · ⁨微小で密度の高い原子核が中心にあり、電子がその周囲の殻に配置されています — 陽子数をドラッグして、外側へと殻が埋まっていく様子を見てください。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    atom/ˈætəm/ 原子
    nucleus/ˈnjuːklɪəs/ 核
    electron/ɪˈlektrɒn/ 電子
    orbit/ˈɔːbɪt/ 軌道
    charge/tʃɑːdʒ/ 電荷
    mass/mæs/ 質量
    ion/ˈaɪɒn/ イオン
    alpha particle/ˈælfə ˈpɑːtɪkl/ アルファ粒子
    gold foil/ɡəʊld fɔɪl/ 金箔
    scattering/ˈskætərɪŋ/ 散乱
    deflected/dɪˈflektɪd/ 曲げられる
    5.1

    Inside the nucleus

    English

    The nucleus is made of two kinds of particle, together called nucleons 核子:

    • protons 质子, which have a relative 相对 charge of $+1$;
    • neutrons 中子, which have a relative charge of $0$ (they are neutral).

    An electron has a relative charge of $-1$. A proton and a neutron each have a relative mass of about $1$; an electron is almost massless in comparison.

    Two numbers describe a nucleus:

    • the proton number 质子数 $Z$ (also called the atomic number) — the number of protons;
    • the nucleon number 核子数 $A$ (also called the mass number) — the number of protons plus neutrons.

    So the number of neutrons is $A - Z$.

    We write a nucleus in nuclide 核素 notation:

    $$^{A}_{Z}\text{X}$$

    where X is the chemical symbol. For example, $^{197}_{\ 79}\text{Au}$ has $79$ protons and $197 - 79 = 118$ neutrons. The relative charge of the whole nucleus is just $+Z$ (here $+79$), and its relative mass is about $A$.

    Isotopes

    Isotopes 同位素 are atoms of the same element (the same $Z$) but with different numbers of neutrons (different $A$). They behave the same in chemistry but differently in the nucleus. For example, $^{12}_{\ 6}\text{C}$ and $^{14}_{\ 6}\text{C}$ are both carbon.

    Nuclear fission and fusion

    In nuclear fission 核裂变, a heavy nucleus absorbs a neutron and then splits into two smaller nuclei, giving out two or three neutrons and a lot of energy 能量:

    $$^{235}_{\ 92}\text{U} + ^{1}_{0}\text{n} \rightarrow\ ^{141}_{\ 56}\text{Ba} + ^{92}_{36}\text{Kr} + 3\,{}^{1}_{0}\text{n}$$

    The top numbers (nucleon numbers) balance on both sides, and so do the bottom numbers (proton numbers). You can use this to find a missing number — for example, how many neutrons are released.

    In nuclear fusion 核聚变, two light nuclei join to make a heavier one, also giving out energy. This is how the Sun makes its energy, joining hydrogen 氢 nuclei to make helium 氦. The reaction below — two heavy forms of hydrogen (deuterium and tritium) joining into helium — is the one used in fusion reactors on Earth:

    $$^{2}_{1}\text{H} + ^{3}_{1}\text{H} \rightarrow\ ^{4}_{2}\text{He} + ^{1}_{0}\text{n}$$

    In both fission and fusion, a small amount of mass is lost and turned into energy.

    日本語

    The nucleus is made of two kinds of particle, together called nucleons 核子:

    • protons 质子, which have a relative 相对 charge of $+1$;
    • neutrons 中子, which have a relative charge of $0$ (they are neutral).

    An electron has a relative charge of $-1$. A proton and a neutron each have a relative mass of about $1$; an electron is almost massless in comparison.

    Two numbers describe a nucleus:

    • the proton number 质子数 $Z$ (also called the atomic number) — the number of protons;
    • the nucleon number 核子数 $A$ (also called the mass number) — the number of protons plus neutrons.

    So the number of neutrons is $A - Z$.

    We write a nucleus in nuclide 核素 notation:

    $$^{A}_{Z}\text{X}$$

    where X is the chemical symbol. For example, $^{197}_{\ 79}\text{Au}$ has $79$ protons and $197 - 79 = 118$ neutrons. The relative charge of the whole nucleus is just $+Z$ (here $+79$), and its relative mass is about $A$.

    Isotopes

    Isotopes 同位素 are atoms of the same element (the same $Z$) but with different numbers of neutrons (different $A$). They behave the same in chemistry but differently in the nucleus. For example, $^{12}_{\ 6}\text{C}$ and $^{14}_{\ 6}\text{C}$ are both carbon.

    Two carbon nuclei: carbon-12 with six protons and six neutrons, carbon-14 with six protons and eight neutrons
    Isotopes of carbon have the same six protons but different numbers of neutrons, so they are the same element with a different mass

    Nuclear fission and fusion

    In nuclear fission 核裂变, a heavy nucleus absorbs a neutron and then splits into two smaller nuclei, giving out two or three neutrons and a lot of energy 能量:

    $$^{235}_{\ 92}\text{U} + ^{1}_{0}\text{n} \rightarrow\ ^{141}_{\ 56}\text{Ba} + ^{92}_{36}\text{Kr} + 3\,{}^{1}_{0}\text{n}$$
    A neutron hitting a U-235 nucleus, which splits into Ba and Kr plus more neutrons and energy
    A neutron splits a U-235 nucleus into two smaller nuclei, releasing more neutrons and energy

    The top numbers (nucleon numbers) balance on both sides, and so do the bottom numbers (proton numbers). You can use this to find a missing number — for example, how many neutrons are released.

    In nuclear fusion 核聚变, two light nuclei join to make a heavier one, also giving out energy. This is how the Sun makes its energy, joining hydrogen 氢 nuclei to make helium 氦. The reaction below — two heavy forms of hydrogen (deuterium and tritium) joining into helium — is the one used in fusion reactors on Earth:

    $$^{2}_{1}\text{H} + ^{3}_{1}\text{H} \rightarrow\ ^{4}_{2}\text{He} + ^{1}_{0}\text{n}$$
    Two small hydrogen nuclei joining to form a helium nucleus plus a neutron and energy
    In fusion two light nuclei join into a heavier one, releasing a neutron and energy — the deuterium–tritium reaction used in fusion reactors

    In both fission and fusion, a small amount of mass is lost and turned into energy.

    Two large cooling towers of a nuclear power station beside a river, giving off white clouds of steam
    A nuclear power station uses the energy from fission to make electricity; the towers release waste heat as steam
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The fission chain reaction · ⁨核分裂連鎖反応⁩

    A neutron splits a uranium nucleus, which releases energy AND more neutrons — those split more nuclei, and so on. · ⁨中性子がウラン核を割ると、エネルギーとさらに多くの中性子が放出されます — これらが他の核を割り、さらにそのように続きます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    nucleon/ˈnjuːklɪən/ 核子
    proton/ˈprəʊtɒn/ 陽子
    relative/ˈrelətɪv/ 相対的である
    neutron/ˈnjuːtrɒn/ 中性子
    proton number/ˈprəʊtɒn ˈnʌmbə/ 原子番号
    nucleon number/ˈnjuːklɪən ˈnʌmbə/ 核子数
    nuclide/ˈnjuːklaɪd/ 核種
    isotope/ˈaɪsətəʊp/ 同位体 (isotope)
    nuclear fission/ˈnjuːklɪə ˈfɪʃn/ 核分裂
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    nuclear fusion/ˈnjuːklɪə ˈfjuːʒn/ 核融合
    hydrogen/ˈhaɪdrədʒn/ 水素
    helium/ˈhiːlɪəm/ ヘリウム
    5.2

    Radioactivity

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩

    5.2.1 Detection of radioactivity

    Core Supplement
    1 Know what is meant by background radiation
    2 Know the sources that make a significant contribution to background radiation including: (a) radon gas (in the air) (b) rocks and buildings (c) food and drink (d) cosmic rays
    3 Know that ionising nuclear radiation can be measured using a detector connected to a counter
    4 Use count rate measured in counts / s or counts / minute 5 Use measurements of background radiation to determine a corrected count rate

    5.2.2 The three types of nuclear emission

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the emission of radiation from a nucleus as spontaneous and random in direction
    2 Identify alpha ($\alpha$), beta ($\beta$) and gamma ($\gamma$) emissions from the nucleus by recalling: (a) their nature (b) their relative ionising effects (c) their relative penetrating abilities ($\beta^+$ are not included, $\beta$-particles will be taken to refer to $\beta^-$) 3 Describe the deflection of $\alpha$-particles, $\beta$-particles and $\gamma$-radiation in electric fields and magnetic fields
    4 Explain their relative ionising effects with reference to: (a) kinetic energy (b) electric charge

    5.2.3 Radioactive decay

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that radioactive decay is a change in an unstable nucleus that can result in the emission of $\alpha$-particles or $\beta$-particles and/or $\gamma$-radiation and know that these changes are spontaneous and random 3 Know that isotopes of an element may be radioactive due to an excess of neutrons in the nucleus and/or the nucleus being too heavy
    2 State that during $\alpha$-decay or $\beta$-decay, the nucleus changes to that of a different element 4 Describe the effect of $\alpha$-decay, $\beta$-decay and $\gamma$-emissions on the nucleus, including an increase in stability and a reduction in the number of excess neutrons; the following change in the nucleus occurs during $\beta$-emission neutron $\rightarrow$ proton + electron
    5 Use decay equations, using nuclide notation, to show the emission of $\alpha$-particles, $\beta$-particles and $\gamma$-radiation

    5.2.4 Half-life

    Core Supplement
    1 Define the half-life of a particular isotope as the time taken for half the nuclei of that isotope in any sample to decay; recall and use this definition in simple calculations, which might involve information in tables or decay curves (calculations will not include background radiation) 2 Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from which background radiation has not been subtracted
    3 Explain how the type of radiation emitted and the half-life of an isotope determine which isotope is used for applications including: (a) household fire (smoke) alarms (b) irradiating food to kill bacteria (c) sterilisation of equipment using gamma rays (d) measuring and controlling thicknesses of materials with the choice of radiations used linked to penetration and absorption (e) diagnosis and treatment of cancer using gamma rays

    5.2.5 Safety precautions

    Core Supplement
    1 State the effects of ionising nuclear radiations on living things, including cell death, mutations and cancer
    2 Describe how radioactive materials are moved, used and stored in a safe way 3 Explain safety precautions for all ionising radiation in terms of reducing exposure time, increasing distance between source and living tissue and using shielding to absorb radiation

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Radioactive decay & half-life

    A nucleus that is unstable 不稳定 will sooner or later break down and give out radiation 辐射. This is radioactive 放射性 decay 衰变. A nucleus may be unstable because it has too many neutrons, or because it is too heavy.

    Decay is spontaneous 自发 (it happens on its own, and you cannot speed it up or slow it down) and random 随机 (you cannot say which nucleus will decay next, or exactly when).

    Background radiation

    Some radiation is around us all the time. This is background radiation 背景辐射. Its main sources are:

    • radon 氡 gas in the air (usually the biggest source);
    • rocks and buildings;
    • food and drink;
    • cosmic rays 宇宙射线 from space.

    Measuring radiation

    Radiation can be measured with a detector 探测器 joined to a counter 计数器. The count rate 计数率 is the number of counts each second (or each minute).

    To find the true count rate from a source, first measure the background count rate on its own, then subtract it. The answer is the corrected 修正 count rate:

    $$\text{corrected count rate} = \text{measured count rate} - \text{background count rate}$$

    Worked example. A detector placed next to a source reads $250$ counts/min. With the source taken away, the background count rate is $30$ counts/min. Find the corrected count rate.

    $$250 - 30 = 220\ \text{counts/min}$$
    日本語
    Radioactive decay & half-life

    A nucleus that is unstable 不稳定 will sooner or later break down and give out radiation 辐射. This is radioactive 放射性 decay 衰变. A nucleus may be unstable because it has too many neutrons, or because it is too heavy.

    Decay is spontaneous 自发 (it happens on its own, and you cannot speed it up or slow it down) and random 随机 (you cannot say which nucleus will decay next, or exactly when).

    Background radiation

    Some radiation is around us all the time. This is background radiation 背景辐射. Its main sources are:

    • radon 氡 gas in the air (usually the biggest source);
    • rocks and buildings;
    • food and drink;
    • cosmic rays 宇宙射线 from space.

    Measuring radiation

    Radiation can be measured with a detector 探测器 joined to a counter 计数器. The count rate 计数率 is the number of counts each second (or each minute).

    To find the true count rate from a source, first measure the background count rate on its own, then subtract it. The answer is the corrected 修正 count rate:

    $$\text{corrected count rate} = \text{measured count rate} - \text{background count rate}$$

    Worked example. A detector placed next to a source reads $250$ counts/min. With the source taken away, the background count rate is $30$ counts/min. Find the corrected count rate.

    $$250 - 30 = 220\ \text{counts/min}$$
    A portable Geiger counter with a detector tube and a small screen that shows the count rate
    A portable Geiger counter detects ionising radiation and shows the count rate on its screen
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Radioactive decay · ⁨放射性崩壊⁩

    N = N₀·bᵗ

    The number of unstable nuclei decays exponentially. · ⁨不安定核の数は指数関数的に減少する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    unstable/ʌnˈsteɪbl/ 不安定
    radiation/ˌreɪdɪˈeɪʃn/ 対流
    radioactive/ˌreɪdɪəʊˈæktɪv/ 放射能を持つ
    decay/dɪˈkeɪ/ 崩壊
    spontaneous/spɒnˈteɪnɪəs/ 自発的である
    random/ˈrændəm/ ランダム
    background radiation/ˈbækɡraʊnd ˌreɪdɪˈeɪʃn/ 背景放射線
    radon/ˈreɪdɒn/ ラドン
    cosmic rays/ˈkɒzmɪk reɪz/ 宇宙線
    detector/dɪˈtektə/ 検出器
    counter/ˈkaʊntə/ 反例
    count rate/kaʊnt reɪt/ カウントレート
    corrected/kəˈrektɪd/ 補正された
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    5.2

    The three types of radiation

    English

    The radiation can be one of three types. Each type is ionising 电离, which means it can knock electrons off atoms in its path.

    Type What it is Ionising effect Stopped by
    alpha (α) a helium nucleus: 2 protons + 2 neutrons, charge $+2$ strongest a sheet of paper, or a few cm of air
    beta (β) a fast-moving electron, charge $-1$ medium a few mm of aluminium 铝
    gamma (γ) a high-energy electromagnetic wave 电磁波, no charge weakest thick lead 铅 or concrete (only reduced, never fully stopped)

    So an alpha particle is the most ionising but the least penetrating 穿透 (it is easily absorbed 吸收). A beta particle β粒子 is in the middle. Gamma radiation γ射线 is the least ionising but the most penetrating.

    We can explain the ionising effects from charge and kinetic energy 动能: an alpha particle has a large charge ($+2$) and is slow and heavy, so it pulls strongly on the electrons it passes and ionises a lot. A beta particle has a smaller charge and moves faster, so it ionises less.

    Deflection in fields

    Because alpha and beta particles are charged, they are deflected by an electric field 电场 and by a magnetic field 磁场. They bend in opposite directions, because their charges have opposite signs, and the lighter beta particle bends more. Gamma rays have no charge, so they are not deflected at all.

    日本語

    The radiation can be one of three types. Each type is ionising 电离, which means it can knock electrons off atoms in its path.

    Type What it is Ionising effect Stopped by
    alpha (α) a helium nucleus: 2 protons + 2 neutrons, charge $+2$ strongest a sheet of paper, or a few cm of air
    beta (β) a fast-moving electron, charge $-1$ medium a few mm of aluminium 铝
    gamma (γ) a high-energy electromagnetic wave 电磁波, no charge weakest thick lead 铅 or concrete (only reduced, never fully stopped)

    So an alpha particle is the most ionising but the least penetrating 穿透 (it is easily absorbed 吸收). A beta particle β粒子 is in the middle. Gamma radiation γ射线 is the least ionising but the most penetrating.

    Alpha stopped by paper, beta stopped by aluminium, gamma only reduced by lead
    Paper stops alpha, a few millimetres of aluminium stops beta, and thick lead only reduces gamma

    We can explain the ionising effects from charge and kinetic energy 动能: an alpha particle has a large charge ($+2$) and is slow and heavy, so it pulls strongly on the electrons it passes and ionises a lot. A beta particle has a smaller charge and moves faster, so it ionises less.

    Deflection in fields

    Because alpha and beta particles are charged, they are deflected by an electric field 电场 and by a magnetic field 磁场. They bend in opposite directions, because their charges have opposite signs, and the lighter beta particle bends more. Gamma rays have no charge, so they are not deflected at all.

    Alpha bending one way, beta bending the other way and more, gamma going straight between two charged plates
    Alpha and beta bend in opposite directions; the lighter beta bends more, and uncharged gamma is not deflected
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    ionising/ˈaɪənaɪzɪŋ/ 電離する
    aluminium/ˌæljʊˈmɪnɪəm/ アルミニウム
    electromagnetic wave/ɪˌlektrəʊməɡˈnetɪk weɪv/ 電磁波
    lead/liːd/ リード
    penetrating/ˈpenɪtreɪtɪŋ/ 貫通力のある
    absorbed/əbˈsɔːbd/ 吸収された
    beta particle/ˈbiːtə ˈpɑːtɪkl/ ベータ粒子
    gamma radiation/ˈɡæmə ˌreɪdɪˈeɪʃn/ ガンマ線
    kinetic energy/kɪˈnetɪk ˈenədʒi/ 運動エネルギー
    electric field/ɪˈlektrɪk fiːld/ 電界
    magnetic field/mæɡˈnetɪk fiːld/ 磁場
    5.2

    Decay equations

    English

    When a nucleus decays, the nucleon and proton numbers must balance on both sides.

    Alpha decay — the nucleus loses 2 protons and 2 neutrons, so $A$ falls by $4$ and $Z$ falls by $2$. It becomes a different element:

    $$^{A}_{Z}\text{X} \rightarrow\ ^{A-4}_{Z-2}\text{Y} + ^{4}_{2}\alpha$$

    Worked example. A radium nucleus $^{226}_{\ 88}\text{Ra}$ emits an alpha particle. Find the nucleon number and proton number of the new nucleus.

    Alpha decay lowers $A$ by $4$ and $Z$ by $2$:

    $$^{226}_{\ 88}\text{Ra} \rightarrow\ ^{222}_{\ 86}\text{Rn} + ^{4}_{2}\alpha$$

    So the new nucleus (radon) has nucleon number $222$ and proton number $86$.

    Beta decay — inside the nucleus a neutron changes into a proton plus an electron:

    $$\text{neutron} \rightarrow \text{proton} + \text{electron}$$

    The fast electron leaves as the beta particle. So $A$ stays the same but $Z$ rises by $1$, giving a different element:

    $$^{24}_{11}\text{Na} \rightarrow\ ^{24}_{12}\text{Mg} + ^{\ \ 0}_{-1}\beta$$

    Gamma emission — the nucleus loses only energy, so $A$ and $Z$ do not change. Alpha and beta decay leave the nucleus more stable 稳定; gamma is often given out at the same time to carry away spare energy.

    日本語

    When a nucleus decays, the nucleon and proton numbers must balance on both sides.

    Alpha decay — the nucleus loses 2 protons and 2 neutrons, so $A$ falls by $4$ and $Z$ falls by $2$. It becomes a different element:

    $$^{A}_{Z}\text{X} \rightarrow\ ^{A-4}_{Z-2}\text{Y} + ^{4}_{2}\alpha$$

    Worked example. A radium nucleus $^{226}_{\ 88}\text{Ra}$ emits an alpha particle. Find the nucleon number and proton number of the new nucleus.

    Alpha decay lowers $A$ by $4$ and $Z$ by $2$:

    $$^{226}_{\ 88}\text{Ra} \rightarrow\ ^{222}_{\ 86}\text{Rn} + ^{4}_{2}\alpha$$

    So the new nucleus (radon) has nucleon number $222$ and proton number $86$.

    Beta decay — inside the nucleus a neutron changes into a proton plus an electron:

    $$\text{neutron} \rightarrow \text{proton} + \text{electron}$$

    The fast electron leaves as the beta particle. So $A$ stays the same but $Z$ rises by $1$, giving a different element:

    $$^{24}_{11}\text{Na} \rightarrow\ ^{24}_{12}\text{Mg} + ^{\ \ 0}_{-1}\beta$$

    Gamma emission — the nucleus loses only energy, so $A$ and $Z$ do not change. Alpha and beta decay leave the nucleus more stable 稳定; gamma is often given out at the same time to carry away spare energy.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    stable/ˈsteɪbl/ 安定
    5.2

    Half-life

    English

    Because decay is random, we cannot follow one nucleus. Instead we describe a large sample 样品 using its half-life.

    The half-life 半衰期 of an isotope is the time taken for half the unstable nuclei in a sample to decay. After each half-life, the count rate (or the number of unstable nuclei left) falls to half.

    For example, if a source has a count rate of $800$ counts/min and a half-life of $3$ hours:

    Time / hours 0 3 6 9
    Count rate / (counts/min) 800 400 200 100

    After $6$ hours (two half-lives) the count rate has halved twice: $800 \to 400 \to 200$. You can read a half-life off a decay graph by finding the time for the count rate to drop from any value to half of it. If the readings include background radiation, subtract the background count rate from every reading first, then find the half-life from the corrected values.

    Worked example. The activity of a source falls from $800$ counts/min to $100$ counts/min. Its half-life is $5$ days. How long did this take?

    Count the halvings: $800 \to 400 \to 200 \to 100$ is three half-lives, so the time is $3 \times 5 = 15\ \text{days}$.

    日本語

    Because decay is random, we cannot follow one nucleus. Instead we describe a large sample 样品 using its half-life.

    The half-life 半衰期 of an isotope is the time taken for half the unstable nuclei in a sample to decay. After each half-life, the count rate (or the number of unstable nuclei left) falls to half.

    For example, if a source has a count rate of $800$ counts/min and a half-life of $3$ hours:

    Time / hours 0 3 6 9
    Count rate / (counts/min) 800 400 200 100

    After $6$ hours (two half-lives) the count rate has halved twice: $800 \to 400 \to 200$. You can read a half-life off a decay graph by finding the time for the count rate to drop from any value to half of it. If the readings include background radiation, subtract the background count rate from every reading first, then find the half-life from the corrected values.

    Worked example. The activity of a source falls from $800$ counts/min to $100$ counts/min. Its half-life is $5$ days. How long did this take?

    Count the halvings: $800 \to 400 \to 200 \to 100$ is three half-lives, so the time is $3 \times 5 = 15\ \text{days}$.

    A decay curve of count rate against time, halving at each half-life
    Each half-life $T$ the count rate halves: $N_0 \to N_0/2 \to N_0/4 \to N_0/8$
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Half-life — watch the nuclei decay · ⁨半減期 — 原子核の減衰を見よう⁩

    Each nucleus has a fixed chance of decaying, at random. Move time forward: about half the remaining nuclei decay every half-life — so the count halves, then halves again. · ⁨各原子核にはランダムな減衰の一定確率があります。時間を進めると、約半数の原子核が減衰し、半減期ごとに残りの数が半分になり、さらに半分になります。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    sample/ˈsæmpl/ サンプル
    half-life/hɑːf laɪf/ 半減期
    5.2

    Uses of radioactivity

    English

    The isotope chosen for a job depends on its type of radiation and its half-life:

    • smoke alarms 烟雾报警器 use an alpha source (alpha is easily blocked, so it is safe outside the alarm, and a long half-life means it lasts for years);
    • using radiation on food, or on equipment, kills bacteria 细菌 and germs — this needs penetrating gamma rays to sterilise 消毒 the sealed item;
    • measuring and controlling the thickness of paper or metal sheets uses a beta source (the amount that passes through changes with the thickness);
    • a medical tracer 医用示踪剂 is a small amount of a gamma-emitting isotope with a short half-life, injected into the body: a detector outside the body follows where it goes, gamma rays escape from the body easily, and the activity soon falls to a safe level;
    • gamma rays are used to find and to treat cancer 癌症 inside the body, because they can pass out of (or into) the body.
    日本語

    The isotope chosen for a job depends on its type of radiation and its half-life:

    • smoke alarms 烟雾报警器 use an alpha source (alpha is easily blocked, so it is safe outside the alarm, and a long half-life means it lasts for years);
    • using radiation on food, or on equipment, kills bacteria 细菌 and germs — this needs penetrating gamma rays to sterilise 消毒 the sealed item;
    • measuring and controlling the thickness of paper or metal sheets uses a beta source (the amount that passes through changes with the thickness);
    • a medical tracer 医用示踪剂 is a small amount of a gamma-emitting isotope with a short half-life, injected into the body: a detector outside the body follows where it goes, gamma rays escape from the body easily, and the activity soon falls to a safe level;
    • gamma rays are used to find and to treat cancer 癌症 inside the body, because they can pass out of (or into) the body.
    A patient held still by a mesh mask under a radiotherapy machine, with green alignment lasers crossing the mask
    Radiotherapy: a mesh mask holds the patient still while alignment lasers aim gamma rays precisely at a tumour to treat cancer
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    smoke alarm/sməʊk əˈlɑːm/ 煙探知機
    bacteria/bækˈtɪərɪə/ 細菌
    sterilise/ˈsterəlaɪz/ 滅菌する
    medical tracer/ˈmedɪkl ˈtreɪsə/ 医療トレーサー
    cancer/ˈkænsə/ 癌
    5.2

    Safety

    English

    Ionising radiation harms living cells 细胞. It can cause cell death, mutations 突变 (changes to the genes) and cancer.

    When working with radioactive sources, keep the dose 剂量 (the amount of radiation received) low by:

    • reducing the exposure 照射 time — spend as little time near the source as possible;
    • increasing the distance between you and the source;
    • using shielding 屏蔽, such as lead, between the source and your body.

    Radioactive sources should be handled with tongs (not bare hands), kept pointing away from people, and stored in a lead-lined box.

    日本語

    Ionising radiation harms living cells 细胞. It can cause cell death, mutations 突变 (changes to the genes) and cancer.

    When working with radioactive sources, keep the dose 剂量 (the amount of radiation received) low by:

    • reducing the exposure 照射 time — spend as little time near the source as possible;
    • increasing the distance between you and the source;
    • using shielding 屏蔽, such as lead, between the source and your body.

    Radioactive sources should be handled with tongs (not bare hands), kept pointing away from people, and stored in a lead-lined box.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    living cells/ˈlɪvɪŋ selz/ 生細胞
    mutation/mjuːˈteɪʃn/ 突然変異
    dose/dəʊs/ 投与量
    exposure/ekˈspəʊʒə/ 露光
    shielding/ˈʃiːldɪŋ/ 遮蔽効果
    5.2

    Exam tips

    • The nucleon number (top) is protons + neutrons; the proton number (bottom) is protons only. Number of neutrons = nucleon number − proton number.
    • Isotopes have the same proton number but different nucleon numbers — the same element with a different number of neutrons.
    • Rank the radiations two ways: alpha is the most ionising but least penetrating (stopped by paper); gamma is the least ionising but most penetrating (needs thick lead). Beta is in between (stopped by a few mm of aluminium).
    • In every decay equation the top numbers must balance and the bottom numbers must balance. Alpha decay: $A-4$, $Z-2$. Beta decay: $A$ unchanged, $Z+1$.
    • Always subtract the background count rate before using a source's readings. After $n$ half-lives the count rate has halved $n$ times — count the halvings rather than guessing from the total time.
  • 6

    Space physics · ⁨宇宙物理学⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    6.1

    The Earth, the Sun and the Moon · ⁨地球、太陽、月⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩

    6.1.1 The Earth

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that the Earth is a planet that rotates on its axis, which is tilted, once in approximately 24 hours, and use this to explain observations of the apparent daily motion of the Sun and the periodic cycle of day and night
    2 Know that the Earth orbits the Sun once in approximately 365 days and use this to explain the periodic nature of the seasons 4 Define average orbital speed from the equation $v = \frac{2\pi r}{T}$ where $r$ is the average radius of the orbit and $T$ is the orbital period; recall and use this equation
    3 Know that it takes approximately one month for the Moon to orbit the Earth and use this to explain the periodic nature of the Moon’s cycle of phases

    6.1.2 The Solar System

    Core Supplement
    1 Describe the Solar System as containing: (a) one star, the Sun (b) the eight named planets and know their order from the Sun (c) minor planets that orbit the Sun, including dwarf planets such as Pluto and asteroids in the asteroid belt (d) moons, that orbit the planets (e) smaller Solar System bodies, including comets and natural satellites 7 Know that planets, minor planets and comets have elliptical orbits, and recall that the Sun is not at the centre of the elliptical orbit, except when the orbit is approximately circular
    8 Analyse and interpret planetary data about orbital distance, orbital duration, density, surface temperature and uniform gravitational field strength at the planet’s surface
    2 Know that, in comparison to each other, the four planets nearest the Sun are rocky and small and the four planets furthest from the Sun are gaseous and large, and explain this difference by referring to an accretion model for Solar System formation, to include: (a) the model’s dependence on gravity (b) the presence of many elements in interstellar clouds of gas and dust (c) the rotation of material in the cloud and the formation of an accretion disc
    3 Know that the strength of the gravitational field (a) at the surface of a planet depends on the mass of the planet (b) around a planet decreases as the distance from the planet increases
    4 Calculate the time it takes light to travel a significant distance such as between objects in the Solar System
    5 Know that the Sun contains most of the mass of the Solar System and this explains why the planets orbit the Sun
    6 Know that the force that keeps an object in orbit around the Sun is the gravitational attraction of the Sun 9 Know that the strength of the Sun’s gravitational field decreases and that the orbital speeds of the planets decrease as the distance from the Sun increases
    10 Know that an object in an elliptical orbit travels faster when closer to the Sun and explain this using the conservation of energy

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    The Earth spins (rotates 自转) on its axis 轴 once in about $24$ hours. The axis is tilted 倾斜 (not straight up). This spin gives us day and night, and makes the Sun 太阳 appear to move across the sky each day.

    The Earth also moves around the Sun in an orbit 轨道, once in about $365$ days (one year). Because the axis is tilted, different parts of the Earth lean towards the Sun at different times of the year. This gives the seasons 季节: it is summer in the half of the Earth that leans towards the Sun.

    The Moon 月球 orbits the Earth once in about one month. As it goes round, we see different amounts of its lit side, which gives the phases 月相 of the Moon (new moon, half moon, full moon).

    So, from shortest to longest: one day (Earth's spin) < one month (Moon's orbit) < one year (Earth's orbit).

    日本語

    地球は約$24$時間に一度、その自転軸の周りを回転(自転)します。この軸は真上ではなく傾いています。この自転により昼夜が生じ、また太陽が毎日空を横切って動くように見えます。

    地球は約$365$日(1年)に一度、太陽の周りを公転します。軸が傾いているため、地球の異なる部分是一年のうち異なる時期に太陽に近づきます。これにより季節が生じます — 太陽に近づいている半球側では夏となります。

    軌道内の2つの地点における傾いた地球:北半球が太陽に近づく時点と、半年後に遠ざかる時点
    軸は一年を通して同じ傾きを保つため、各半球は公転の半分だけ太陽に近づき、残りの半分だけ遠ざかります

    月は約1ヶ月に一度、地球の周りを公転します。公転するにつれて、照らされた側の見える量が変化し、これが月の満ち欠け(新月、上弦・下弦の月、満月)を生みます。

    地球の周りを回る4つの位置にある月: それぞれ太陽に向かう半分が照らされている
    月の照らされた半分は常に太陽を向いており、公転に伴って私たちが見える照らされた部分の量が変化します — 私たちと太陽の間に新月、太陽の反対側に満月、その間に半月が見えます

    つまり、短い順から長い順に:1日(地球の自転)< 1ヶ月(月の公転)< 1年(地球の公転)。

    黒い宇宙空間に対して、暗い斑点と明るいクレーターで覆われた月の完全な灰色の円盤
    満月、地球の天然衛星
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Why the Moon changes shape · ⁨月の形が変わる理由⁩

    The Sun always lights half the Moon; the phase is simply how much of that lit half faces us as the Moon orbits — it is not Earth's shadow. · ⁨太陽は常に月の半分を照らしており、位相とは単に月が公転する際にその光った半分が私たちに向かう割合のことであり、地球の影ではない。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    seasons/ˈsiːznz/ 季節
    Moon/muːn/ 月
    phases/ˈfeɪzɪz/ 満ち欠け
    circumference/sɜːˈkʌmfrəns/ 円周
    orbital speed/ˈɔːbɪtl spiːd/ 軌道速度
    period/ˈpɪərɪəd/ 周期の変化率である
    6.1

    Orbital speed · ⁨軌道速度⁩

    English

    For an object going round a circle, the distance for one full orbit is the circumference 周长 $2\pi r$, where $r$ is the radius of the orbit. The orbital speed 轨道速率 is this distance divided by the period 周期 $T$ (the time for one orbit):

    $$v = \frac{2\pi r}{T}$$

    The same equation works for planets, moons and satellites.

    Worked example. A space station orbits the Earth at a radius of $r = 7000\ \text{km}$ and takes $T = 5800\ \text{s}$ for one orbit. Find its orbital speed.

    First convert the radius to metres: $7000\ \text{km} = 7.0 \times 10^6\ \text{m}$. Then

    $$v = \frac{2\pi r}{T} = \frac{2\pi \times 7.0 \times 10^6}{5800} \approx 7600\ \text{m/s}$$
    日本語

    円を描いて回る物体にとって、1周分の軌道の長さは円周 $2\pi r$であり、ここで$r$は軌道の半径です。軌道速度とは、この距離を1周にかかる周期 $T$で割ったものです:

    $$v = \frac{2\pi r}{T}$$

    この式は惑星、衛星、人工衛星にも適用できます。

    計算例. 宇宙ステーションが半径$r = 7000\ \text{km}$で1周に$T = 5800\ \text{s}$かかる場合、その軌道速度を求めよ。

    まず半径をメートル単位に変換する:$7000\ \text{km} = 7.0 \times 10^6\ \text{m}$。次に

    $$v = \frac{2\pi r}{T} = \frac{2\pi \times 7.0 \times 10^6}{5800} \approx 7600\ \text{m/s}$$
    軌道中のISS:軌道速度とは、人工衛星を自由落下による円運動に保つための速度である
    軌道中のISS:軌道速度とは、人工衛星を自由落下による円運動に保つための速度である
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    orbit/ˈɔːbɪt/ 軌道
    6.1

    The Solar System · ⁨太陽系⁩

    English

    The Solar System 太阳系 has one star, the Sun, at its centre. Around it move the eight planets 行星. In order from the Sun they are: Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune.

    • The four planets nearest the Sun are small and rocky 岩石.
    • The four planets furthest from the Sun are large and gaseous 气态 — they are made mostly of gas 气体, with no solid surface to stand on.
    • The two nearer giants, Jupiter and Saturn, are gas giants 气态巨行星. The two outer giants, Uranus and Neptune, are ice giants 冰巨行星: they hold much more ice, so they are not true gas giants.

    The Solar System also contains:

    • minor planets, such as dwarf planets 矮行星 like Pluto, and asteroids 小行星 (most lie in the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter);
    • moons (natural satellites 卫星) that orbit the planets;
    • comets 彗星 and other small bodies.

    Orbits and gravity

    The Sun holds most of the mass of the Solar System. Its gravity 引力 (gravitational pull) reaches out and keeps the planets in their orbits. This force is the gravitational attraction of the Sun.

    The gravitational field strength 重力场强度 tells you how strong gravity is:

    • at the surface of a planet it is bigger for a planet with more mass;
    • around a planet it gets weaker as you move further away.

    In the same way, the Sun's gravity gets weaker further out, so the outer planets move more slowly (smaller orbital speed) than the inner ones.

    Planetary data

    Exam questions often give a table like this one and ask you to read a pattern from it.

    Planet Distance from Sun / million km Orbital period Density / g/cm³ Surface temperature / °C Surface $g$ / N/kg
    Mercury 58 88 days 5.4 170 3.7
    Venus 108 225 days 5.2 460 8.9
    Earth 150 365 days 5.5 15 9.8
    Mars 228 687 days 3.9 −60 3.7
    Jupiter 779 11.9 years 1.3 −110 23
    Saturn 1430 29.5 years 0.7 −140 9.0
    Uranus 2870 84 years 1.3 −195 8.7
    Neptune 4500 165 years 1.6 −200 11

    Patterns to notice: the further a planet is from the Sun, the longer its orbital period and the lower its surface temperature. The four inner planets are dense (rock and metal), while the four outer planets have low densities (gas and ice). The gravitational field strength at the surface depends on the planet's mass and size, not on its distance from the Sun.

    Elliptical orbits

    Most orbits are not perfect circles but ellipses 椭圆 (a stretched circle), and the Sun is not at the centre of the ellipse. A comet has a very stretched orbit. An object in an elliptical orbit moves faster when it is closer to the Sun. We explain this with the conservation of energy 能量守恒 — the total energy 能量 stays the same, so as the object's gravitational potential energy 重力势能 falls (coming closer), its kinetic energy 动能 rises (it speeds up).

    Light travel time

    Distances in space are huge, so we often work out how long light takes to cross them. Light travels at $3.0 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s}$. Using $\text{time} = \dfrac{\text{distance}}{\text{speed}}$, light from the Sun (about $1.5 \times 10^{11}\ \text{m}$ away) takes about $500\ \text{s}$, which is roughly $8$ minutes, to reach the Earth.

    日本語

    太陽系の中心には恒星である太陽が1つあります。その周りには8つの惑星が動いています。太陽からの距離順に、水星、金星、地球、火星、木星、土星、天王星、海王星です。

    • 太陽に最も近い4つの惑星は小さく、岩石質です。
    • 太陽から最も遠い4つの惑星は大きく、気体惑星です — 主にガスでできており、立つことのできる固体の表面を持っていません。
    • 内側の2つの巨大惑星である木星と土星はガスflutterです。外側の2つの巨大惑星である天王星と海王星は氷flutterです — 氷をより多く含んでいるため、厳密な意味でのガスflutterではありません。
    太陽、水星、金星、地球、火星、小惑星帯、木星、土星、天王星、海王星
    太陽とその8つの惑星の順序:4つの小さな岩石惑星、小惑星帯、4つの大きな気体惑星 — ガスflutterである木星と土星、氷flutterである天王星と海王星(スケールは正確ではない)
    黒い宇宙空間に対して、暗い地殻の模様と薄い極域の霧を持つ火星の完全な赤い円盤
    火星、赤い惑星、岩石質の内惑星の一つ
    茶色と白の雲の縞模様、そしてオレンジ色の大赤斑を示す木星の完全な円盤
    最も大きな惑星である木星、その渦巻く気体の帯と共に
    カシニ探査機によって側面から撮影された、広く平たい輪のシステムを持つ土星
    カッシーニ探査機によって撮影された土星とその輪

    太陽系には他にも以下のものが含まれています:

    • 冥王星のような矮惑星や小惑星(大部分は火星と木星の間にある小惑星帯にあります)などの小惑星;
    • 惑星の周りを回る卫星(天然衛星);
    • 彗星やその他の小天体。

    軌道と重力

    太陽は太陽系の質量のほとんどを持っています。その重力(引力の引き付け)が広がり、惑星を軌道上に留めています。この力は太陽の万有引力です。

    重力場強度は、重力の強さを表します:

    • 惑星の表面において、質量が大きい惑星ほど値は大きくなります;
    • 惑星の周囲では、遠ざかるほど弱くなります。

    同様に、太陽の重力も遠ざかるほど弱まるため、外惑星は内惑星よりもゆっくりと公転する(公転速度が小さい)。

    惑星データ

    試験問題では、このような表を提示し、そこからパターンを読み取るよう求められることが多い。

    惑星 太陽からの距離 / 百万km 公転周期 密度 / g/cm³ 表面温度 / °C 表面 $g$ / N/kg
    メルキュリー 58 88日 5.4 170 3.7
    ヴィーナス 108 225日 5.2 460 8.9
    地球 150 365日 5.5 15 9.8
    マーズ 228 687日 3.9 −60 3.7
    木星 779 11.9年 1.3 −110 23
    土星 1430 29.5年 0.7 −140 9.0
    天王星 2870 84年 1.3 −195 8.7
    海王星 4500 165年 1.6 −200 11

    注意すべきパターン:太陽から遠い惑星ほど公転周期は長く、表面温度は低い。4つの内惑星は密度が高く(岩石および金属)、4つの外惑星は密度が低い(ガスおよび氷)。表面における重力場強さは惑星の質量と大きさによって決まり、太陽からの距離には依存しない。

    楕円軌道

    ほとんどの軌道は完全な円ではなく楕円(引き伸ばされた円)であり、太陽はその楕円の中心にはない。彗星は非常に引き伸ばされた軌道を持つ。楕円軌道上にある物体は、太陽に近づくほど速く動く。これはエネルギー保存則で説明できる——総エネルギーは一定であるため、物体の重力ポテンシャルエネルギーが減少(接近)すると、運動エネルギーが増加(加速)する。

    太陽が焦点の一つにある楕円軌道、惑星が近いときは速く遠いときは遅く移動
    太陽は楕円の焦点の一つに位置し、惑星は近づくと加速し、離れると減速する

    光の伝播時間

    宇宙空間の距離は極めて大きいため、光がそれを横断するまでにどれだけの時間がかかるかを計算することがよくある。光の速度は $3.0 \times 10^8\ \text{m/s}$ である。 $\text{time} = \dfrac{\text{distance}}{\text{speed}}$ を用いると、太陽(約 $1.5 \times 10^{11}\ \text{m}$ 離れている)からの光が地球に到達するには約 $500\ \text{s}$ かかり、おおよそ $8$ 分に相当する。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Watch the planets race · ⁨惑星のレースを見よう⁩

    The closer a planet is to the Sun, the faster it orbits — Mercury in 88 days, Jupiter in 12 years — because the Sun's gravity is stronger close in. · ⁨太陽に近いほど公転が速い——水星は88日、木星は12年——それは太陽の重力が近いところで強いためである。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    Solar System/ˈsəʊlə ˈsɪstəm/ 太陽系
    6.1

    How the Solar System formed · ⁨太陽系形成の仕組み⁩

    English

    The planets formed from a giant cloud of gas and dust 尘埃 in space, which contained many chemical elements 元素. This is the accretion 吸积 model:

    • gravity pulled the cloud together;
    • the cloud was spinning, so it flattened into a spinning accretion disc 吸积盘;
    • most of the matter fell to the centre and became the Sun, while the planets grew from the leftover material in the disc.

    Near the hot young Sun, only rock and metal could stay solid, so the inner planets are rocky. Far out, where it was cold, gases could also collect, so the outer planets grew large and gaseous.

    日本語

    惑星は、多くの化学元素を含む巨大なガスおよび塵の雲から形成された。これを吸積モデルという:

    • 重力によって雲が引き寄せられた;
    • 雲は回転していたため、回転する吸積円盤として扁平になった;
    • 大部分の物質が中心に落ち込み太陽となり、残りの物質から惑星が成長した。

    高温の若い太陽の近くでは、岩石と金属だけが固体でいられるため、内惑星は岩石質となった。遠く冷たい場所では、ガスも集積できたため、外惑星は大きくガス質化した。

    若い恒星を取り巻く発光するオレンジ色の尘の円盤、惑星が物質を取り込んでいる暗い輪によって横切られている
    若い恒星HL Tauriの実際の吸積円盤:暗い隙間は新しい惑星が尘を集めている場所であり、私たちの太陽系も同じように始まった
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    planet/ˈplænɪt/ 惑星
    rocky/ˈrɒki/ 岩石質の
    gaseous/ˈɡeɪsɪəs/ 気体
    gas/ɡæs/ 気体
    gas giant/ɡæs ˈdʒaɪənt/ ガス惑星
    ice giant/aɪs ˈdʒaɪənt/ 氷惑星
    dwarf planet/dwɔːf ˈplænɪt/ 矮惑星
    asteroid/ˈæstərɔɪd/ 小惑星
    satellite/ˈsætəlaɪt/ 衛星
    comet/ˈkɒmɪt/ 彗星
    gravity/ˈɡrævɪti/ 重力
    gravitational field strength/ˌɡrævɪˈteɪʃənl fiːld streŋθ/ 重力場の強さ
    ellipse/ɪˈlɪps/ 楕円
    conservation of energy/ˌkɒnsəˈveɪʃn ɒv ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー保存則
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    gravitational potential energy/ˌɡrævɪˈteɪʃənl pəˈtenʃl ˈenədʒi/ 重力ポテンシャルエネルギー
    kinetic energy/kɪˈnetɪk ˈenədʒi/ 運動エネルギー
    dust/dʌst/ ほこり
    element/ˈelɪmənt/ 元素
    accretion/əˈkreʃn/ 吸着・集積
    accretion disc/əˈkreʃn dɪsk/ 降着円盤
    6.2

    The Sun as a star · ⁨太陽は恒星である⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English

    6.2.1 The Sun as a star

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that the Sun is a star of medium size, consisting mostly of hydrogen and helium, and that it radiates most of its energy in the infrared, visible light and ultraviolet regions of the electromagnetic spectrum 2 Know that stars are powered by nuclear reactions that release energy and that in stable stars the nuclear reactions involve the fusion of hydrogen into helium

    6.2.2 Stars

    Core Supplement
    1 State that: (a) galaxies are each made up of many billions of stars (b) the Sun is a star in the galaxy known as the Milky Way (c) other stars that make up the Milky Way are much further away from the Earth than the Sun is from the Earth (d) astronomical distances can be measured in light-years, where one light-year is the distance travelled in (the vacuum of) space by light in one year
    2 Know that one light-year is equal to $9.5 \times 10^{15}$ m
    3 Describe the life cycle of a star: (a) a star is formed from interstellar clouds of gas and dust that contain hydrogen (b) a protostar is an interstellar cloud collapsing and increasing in temperature as a result of its internal gravitational attraction (c) a protostar becomes a stable star when the inward force of gravitational attraction is balanced by an outward force due to the high temperature in the centre of the star (d) all stars eventually run out of hydrogen as fuel for the nuclear reaction (e) most stars expand to form red giants and more massive stars expand to form red supergiants when most of the hydrogen in the centre of the star has been converted to helium (f) a red giant from a less massive star forms a planetary nebula with a white dwarf star at its centre (g) a red supergiant explodes as a supernova, forming a nebula containing hydrogen and new heavier elements, leaving behind a neutron star or a black hole at its centre (h) the nebula from a supernova may form new stars with orbiting planets

    6.2.3 The Universe

    Core Supplement
    1 Know that the Milky Way is one of many billions of galaxies making up the Universe and that the diameter of the Milky Way is approximately 100 000 light-years
    2 Describe redshift as an increase in the observed wavelength of electromagnetic radiation emitted from receding stars and galaxies
    3 Know that the light emitted from distant galaxies appears redshifted in comparison with light emitted on the Earth
    4 Know that redshift in the light from distant galaxies is evidence that the Universe is expanding and supports the Big Bang Theory
    5 Know that microwave radiation of a specific frequency is observed at all points in space around us and is known as cosmic microwave background radiation (CMBR)
    6 Explain that the CMBR was produced shortly after the Universe was formed and that this radiation has been expanded into the microwave region of the electromagnetic spectrum as the Universe expanded
    7 Know that the speed $v$ at which a galaxy is moving away from the Earth can be found from the change in wavelength of the galaxy’s starlight due to redshift
    8 Know that the distance $d$ of a far galaxy can be determined using the brightness of a supernova in that galaxy
    9 Define the Hubble constant $H_0$ as the ratio of the speed at which the galaxy is moving away from the Earth to its distance from the Earth; recall and use the equation
    $$H_0 = \frac{v}{d}$$
    10 Know that the current estimate for $H_0$ is $2.2 \times 10^{-18}$ per second
    11 Know that the equation
    $$\frac{d}{v} = \frac{1}{H_0}$$
    represents an estimate for the age of the Universe and that this is evidence for the idea that all the matter in the Universe was present at a single point
    日本語

    6.2.1 恒星としての太陽

    コア サプリメント
    1 太陽は中程度サイズの恒星であり、主に水素とヘリウムからなり、電磁波スペクトルの赤外線、可視光線、紫外線領域にエネルギーの大部分を放射することを知らない 2 恒星はエネルギーを放出する核反応によって動力を得ており、安定した恒星では核反応が水素のヘリウムへの融合であることを知っている

    6.2.2 恒星

    コア サプリメント
    1 以下のことを述べる:(a) 銀河はそれぞれ何千亿個もの恒星で構成されている (b) 太陽は銀河ミルキーウェイに属する恒星である (c) ミルキーウェイを構成する他の恒星は、太陽よりもはるかに遠くに位置している (d) 天文距離は光年で測られる。1光年は、光が(真空の)空間内を1年で進む距離である
    2 1光年は $9.5 \times 10^{15}$ m に相当することを知らない
    3 恒星の生涯を説明する:(a) 恒星は水素を含む宇宙空間のガスと塵の雲から形成される (b) 原恒星は、内部の万有引力によって収縮し、温度が上昇する宇宙空間の雲である (c) 原恒星は、重力による内向きの力と恒星中心部の高温による外向きの力が釣り合うことで安定した恒星となる (d) 全ての恒星は、 eventually 核反応の燃料である水素を枯渇させる (e) 多くの恒星は中心部の水素の大部分がヘリウムに変換された後、赤色巨星として膨張し、より大質量の恒星は赤色超巨星として膨張する (f) 小質量恒星由来の赤色巨星は、中心に白色矮星を残して惑星状星雲を形成する (g) 赤色超巨星は超新星爆発を起こし、水素と新しい重元素を含む星雲を形成し、中心に中性子星またはブラックホールを残す (h) 超新星由来の星雲から、惑星を伴う新たな恒星が形成されることがある

    6.2.3 宇宙

    コア サプリメント
    1 銀河系は宇宙を構成する何十億もの銀河の一つであることを知り、その直径が約 100 000 光年であることを知る
    2 銀河赤方偏移(レッドシフト)とは、後退する恒星や銀河から放射される電磁波の観測波長が増加することを指すと説明できる
    3 遠方の銀河から放射される光は、地球上で放射される光と比較して赤方偏移していることを知らない
    4 遠方の銀河からの光に見られる赤方偏移は、宇宙が膨张している証拠であり、ビッグバン理論を裏付けていることを知らない
    5 宇宙空間のあらゆる地点で特定の周波数のマイクロ波放射が観測されており、これを**宇宙背景放射(CMBR)**と呼ぶことを知らない
    6 CMBR(宇宙背景放射)が宇宙形成直後に生成されたものであり、宇宙の膨張に伴って電磁スペクトルのマイクロ波領域にまで拡大したことを説明する
    7 銀河が地球から遠ざかる速度 $v$ は、赤方偏移による銀河の星光の波長の変化から求めることができることを知っている。
    8 遠方の銀河の距離 $d$ は、その銀河内の超新星の明るさを用いて決定できることを知っている。
    9 ハッブル定数 $H_0$ を、銀河が地球から遠ざかる速度と地球からの距離の比として定義し、式
    $$H_0 = \frac{v}{d}$$
    を記憶して用いること。
    10 現在の $H_0$ の推定値は $2.2 \times 10^{-18}$ /秒であることを知っている。
    11 式
    $$\frac{d}{v} = \frac{1}{H_0}$$
    が宇宙の年齢の推定値を表しており、これは宇宙内のすべての物質が単一の点に存在していたという考えの根拠であることを知っている。

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    The Sun is a star 恒星 of medium size, made mostly of hydrogen 氢 and helium 氦. It radiates most of its energy in the infrared, visible light and ultraviolet 紫外线 parts of the electromagnetic spectrum 电磁波谱.

    A star is powered by nuclear reactions 核反应 in its core. In a stable star, the reaction is nuclear fusion 核聚变: hydrogen nuclei join to make helium, releasing huge amounts of energy.

    日本語

    太陽は中程度の大きさの恒星であり、主に水素とヘリウムで構成されている。太陽は電磁波スペクトルの赤外線、可視光線、および紫外線領域にそのエネルギーの大部分を放射している。

    恒星は核の核反応によって動力を得ている。安定した恒星では、この反応は核融合であり、水素原子核が結合してヘリウムを作り出し、膨大な量のエネルギーを放出する。

    紫外線撮影によるNASA太陽動力学観測衛星が捉えた、輝くプロミネンスを持つ発光するオレンジ色の円盤としての太陽
    紫外線で捉えられた、私たちに最も近い星である太陽
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    rotate/rəʊˈteɪt/ 回転する
    axis/ˈæksɪs/ 軸
    tilted/ˈtɪltɪd/ 傾斜した
    Sun/sʌn/ 太陽
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    6.2

    Stars, galaxies and the Universe · ⁨恒星、銀河、そして宇宙⁩

    English

    A galaxy 星系 is a group of many billions of stars held together by gravity. Our Sun is one star in the galaxy called the Milky Way 银河系. All the other stars in the Milky Way are very much further from the Earth than the Sun is.

    Distances between stars are so big that we measure them in light-years 光年. One light-year is the distance light travels in one year (in the vacuum of space), which is about $9.5 \times 10^{15}\ \text{m}$.

    The Milky Way is about $100\,000$ light-years across (its diameter 直径). It is just one of many billions of galaxies. All of these galaxies together make up the Universe 宇宙.

    日本語

    銀河とは、重力によって束ねられた数十億個以上の恒星の集団である。太陽は銀河系と呼ばれる銀河内の一つの恒星である。銀河系内の他のすべての恒星は、太陽よりもはるかに地球から遠く離れている。

    正面から見た渦状銀河、明るい中心から曲がりくねった腕の恒星が広がり、端には小さな伴銀河がある
    重力によって引き寄せられ结合在一起された数十億の星からなる渦状銀河

    恒星間の距離はあまりにも大きいため、光年単位で測られる。1光年は光が真空の宇宙空間を1年間進んだ距離であり、約 $9.5 \times 10^{15}\ \text{m}$ に相当する。

    銀河系の直径は約 $100\,000$ 光年である(その直径)。それは数十億個の銀河の其中之一に過ぎない。これら全ての銀河の集合が宇宙である。

    夜の山の上に設置された大型望遠鏡が、銀河の輝く帯に向かってまっすぐに細い黄色のレーザーを照射している
    巨大望遠鏡が夜空を観測しており、レーザーは遠方の恒星の鮮明な画像を得るのに役立っている
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    galaxy/ˈɡæləksi/ 銀河
    Milky Way/ˈmɪlki weɪ/ 天の川
    light-year/laɪt jɪə/ 光年
    diameter/daɪˈæmɪtə/ 直径
    6.2

    The life cycle of a star · ⁨恒星の生涯⁩

    English

    A star is born, lives and dies over a very long time:

    1. A star forms from an interstellar cloud 星际云 of gas and dust that contains hydrogen.
    2. Gravity pulls the cloud inwards, and it heats up. This collapsing, heating cloud is a protostar 原恒星.
    3. The protostar becomes a stable 稳定 star when the inward pull of gravity is balanced by an outward push caused by the very high temperature in its centre.
    4. In time, every star runs out of hydrogen fuel 燃料 for fusion.

    What happens next depends on the mass of the star:

    • A medium star (like the Sun) swells into a red giant 红巨星. It then throws off its outer layers as a glowing cloud called a planetary nebula 星云, leaving a small, hot white dwarf 白矮星 at the centre.
    • A much heavier star swells into a red supergiant 红超巨星 and then explodes as a supernova 超新星. This blast spreads out a nebula containing hydrogen and new, heavier elements, and leaves behind a neutron star 中子星 or a black hole 黑洞.

    The nebula from a supernova can later form new stars, with planets orbiting them — so our own Solar System came from earlier stars.

    日本語

    恒星は生まれて、生き、死んでいくまで、非常に長い時間を要する:

    1. 恒星は水素を含むガスと塵の星間雲から形成される。
    2. 重力によって雲が内側に引き寄せられ、加熱される。この収縮・加熱中の雲を原始恒星という。
    3. 原始恒星の中心部における極めて高い温度によって生じる外向きの押し出し力が、内向きの重力の引き寄せと釣り合うと、安定した恒星となる。
    4. 時が経つと、あらゆる恒星は核融合のための水素燃料を枯渇させる。

    次に起こることが何であるかは、恒星の質量による:

    • 中程度质量の恒星(太陽など)は赤色巨星に膨張する。その後、惑星状Sharing Nebulaと呼ばれる発光する雲として外層を吹き飛ばし、中心に小さく熱い白色矮星を残す。
    • はるかに大質量の恒星は赤色超巨星に膨張し、超新星として爆発する。この爆風は水素や新しい重元素を含むSharing Nebulaを広げ、その後に中性子星またはブラックホールが残る。
    星の生命サイクル図、質量に応じて赤色巨星および赤色超巨星への分岐を示す
    すべての星は星雲から生まれますが、その終焉は質量によって決まります

    超新星爆発による星雲は後で新たな星を形成し、それを取り巻く惑星を生むことがあります。つまり、私たちの太陽系も過去の星々から生まれたものです。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The life cycle of a star · ⁨恒星の生涯⁩

    Gravity pulls a gas cloud together; fusion lights the star; when its fuel runs low it swells and finally fades. · ⁨重力が気体雲を引き寄せ、融合によって星が点火され、燃料が枯渇すると膨らんで最終的に消滅する。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The life cycle of a Sun-like star · ⁨太陽のような恒星の生涯⁩

    Step through how a star like our Sun is born, lives and dies. · ⁨太陽のような恒星が生まれ、生き、死に至るまでの過程をステップで確認します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    star/stɑː/ スター型
    hydrogen/ˈhaɪdrədʒn/ 水素
    helium/ˈhiːlɪəm/ ヘリウム
    ultraviolet/ˌʊltrəˈvaɪəlɪt/ 紫外線
    electromagnetic spectrum/ɪˌlektrəʊməɡˈnetɪk ˈspektrəm/ 電磁波スペクトル
    nuclear reaction/ˈnjuːklɪə rɪˈækʃn/ 核反応
    nuclear fusion/ˈnjuːklɪə ˈfjuːʒn/ 核融合
    nebula/ˈnebjʊlə/ 星雲
    white dwarf/waɪt dwɔːf/ 白色矮星
    red supergiant/red ˈsuːpədʒaɪənt/ 赤色超巨星
    supernova/ˌsuːpəˈnəʊvə/ 超新星
    neutron star/ˈnjuːtrɒn stɑː/ 中性子星
    black hole/blæk həʊl/ ブラックホール
    receding/rɪˈsiːdɪŋ/ 遠ざかる
    wavelength/ˈweɪvleŋθ/ 波長
    6.2

    The expanding Universe · ⁨膨張する宇宙⁩

    English

    When a star or galaxy moves away from us (it is receding 退行), the light we receive from it has a longer wavelength 波长 than normal — it is shifted towards the red end of the spectrum. This is redshift 红移.

    The light from distant galaxies is redshifted, and the further away a galaxy is, the bigger its redshift. This tells us that the galaxies are moving apart: the Universe is expanding 膨胀. Running this backwards, everything was once together at a single point — this is the evidence for the Big Bang 大爆炸 theory.

    More evidence and the age of the Universe

    Faint microwave 微波 radiation 辐射 is found coming from every direction in space. This is the cosmic microwave background radiation 宇宙微波背景辐射 (CMBR). It was made as high-energy radiation soon after the Big Bang, and has been stretched out into the microwave part of the spectrum as the Universe expanded.

    For a distant galaxy:

    • its speed $v$ of moving away can be found from the redshift of its starlight;
    • its distance $d$ can be found from the brightness of a supernova seen in it.

    The Hubble constant 哈勃常数 $H_0$ links these two:

    $$H_0 = \frac{v}{d}$$

    Its value today is about $2.2 \times 10^{-18}$ per second. Turning this around gives an estimate for the age of the Universe:

    $$\frac{d}{v} = \frac{1}{H_0}$$

    Worked example. The Hubble constant is about $H_0 = 2.2 \times 10^{-18}$ per second. Estimate the age of the Universe.

    $$\frac{1}{H_0} = \frac{1}{2.2 \times 10^{-18}} \approx 4.5 \times 10^{17}\ \text{s}$$

    That is roughly $14$ billion years.

    This works because every galaxy seems to have started from the same single point at the same time — more support for the Big Bang.

    日本語

    星や銀河が私達から遠ざかっていく(後退している)とき、私達に届く光は通常よりも長い波長を持ちます。これはスペクトルの赤端へシフトしたものであり、これを赤方偏移と呼びます。

    遠方銀河のスペクトル線が近接銀河と比較して赤方偏移している様子
    遠方銀河のスペクトルに見られる暗い線は赤端へシフトしており、これが赤方偏移です

    遠方銀河からの光は赤方偏移しており、銀河が遠いほどそのシフト量は大きくなります。これは銀河同士が離れ合っていることを示しており、宇宙は膨張しているのです。この逆を考えると、かつてすべてが一点に集まっていたことになります。これがビッグバン説の証拠となります。

    周围的银河各自带有向外指的箭头,距离越远的银河箭头越长
    すべての銀河が私たちから遠ざかっており、より遠いものほど速く遠ざかっている — 宇宙は膨張中

    追加の証拠と宇宙の年齢

    空間のあらゆる方向から微弱なマイクロ波 放射が検出されます。これを宇宙背景マイクロ波放射(CMBR)と呼びます。これはビッグバン直後に高エネルギー放射として生成されたものが、宇宙の膨張に伴ってスペクトルのマイクロ波領域まで引き伸ばされたものです。

    青と赤の斑点で埋め尽くされた楕円形全天図、マイクロ波背景の微小な温度差を示す
    マイクロ波で全体をマッピングした空:これは若い宇宙の余熱であり、あらゆる方向から私達に届く微弱な輝きです——ビッグバンに対する強力な証拠

    遠方銀河について:

    • 星の光の赤方偏移から、その遠ざかる速度 $v$ が求められます;
    • 内部で見える超新星の明るさから、その距離 $d$ が求められます。

    ハッブル定数 $H_0$ はこれら2つを結びつけます:

    $$H_0 = \frac{v}{d}$$

    現在のその値は約 $2.2 \times 10^{-18}$ /秒 です。これを逆算することで宇宙の年齢の概算が得られます:

    $$\frac{d}{v} = \frac{1}{H_0}$$

    ** worked example. ** ハッブル定数が約 $H_0 = 2.2 \times 10^{-18}$ /秒 である場合、宇宙の年齢を推定してください。

    $$\frac{1}{H_0} = \frac{1}{2.2 \times 10^{-18}} \approx 4.5 \times 10^{17}\ \text{s}$$

    それはおよそ $14$ 億年です。

    これは、すべての銀河が同じ時刻に同一の一点から始まり始めたように見えるためです——ビッグバンに対するさらなる裏付けです。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The expanding Universe · ⁨膨張する宇宙⁩

    v = H₀·d

    Galaxies recede faster the farther they are — speed is proportional to distance. · ⁨銀河は遠いほど速く後退し、速度は距離に比例する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    Universe/ˈjuːnɪvɜːs/ 宇宙
    interstellar cloud/ˌɪntəˈstelə klaʊd/ 星間雲
    protostar/ˈprəʊtəʊstɑː/ 原始星
    stable/ˈsteɪbl/ 安定
    fuel/ˈfjuːəl/ 燃料
    red giant/red ˈdʒaɪənt/ 赤色巨星
    redshift/ˈredʃɪft/ 赤方偏移
    expanding/ekˈspændɪŋ/ 拡大していた
    Big Bang/bɪɡ bæŋ/ ビッグバン
    microwave/ˈmaɪkrəʊweɪv/ マイクロ波
    radiation/ˌreɪdɪˈeɪʃn/ 対流
    cosmic microwave background radiation/ˈkɒzmɪk ˈmaɪkrəʊweɪv ˈbækɡraʊnd ˌreɪdɪˈeɪʃn/ 宇宙_history微波背景放射
    Hubble constant/ˈhʌbl ˈkɒnstənt/ ハッブル定数
    6.2

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • In $v = \dfrac{2\pi r}{T}$, $r$ is the orbit radius and $T$ is the time for one full orbit in seconds — convert km to m and hours to seconds first.
    • Planets closer to the Sun feel stronger gravity, so they orbit faster and take less time. In an elliptical orbit a body speeds up as it nears the Sun (gravitational potential energy turns into kinetic energy).
    • A light-year is a distance, not a time — how far light travels in one year.
    • A star is stable when the inward pull of gravity is balanced by the outward push from the energy released by fusion in its core. What it becomes when its fuel runs out depends on its mass.
    • Redshift — light from distant galaxies shifted to longer (redder) wavelengths, with a bigger shift the further away — is the evidence that the Universe is expanding, which supports the Big Bang.
    日本語
    • $v = \dfrac{2\pi r}{T}$ において、$r$ は軌道半径であり、$T$ は1周にかかる時間(秒単位)です。まずkmをm、時間を秒に変換してください。
    • 太陽に近い惑星ほど重力の影響が強いため、速く公転し、所要時間が短くなります。楕円軌道では天体が太陽に近づくにつれて加速します(重力ポテンシャルエネルギーが運動エネルギーに変換されます)。
    • 光年とは距離であり、時間のことではありません。光が1年で進む距離のことです。
    • 星が安定している状態とは、重力による内向きの引力と、中心部での核融合によって放出されるエネルギーによる外向きの圧力が釣り合っている状態です。燃料が尽きた後の運命は質量によります。
    • 赤方偏移——遠方銀河からの光がより長い(赤色寄りの)波長へシフトし、遠いほどシフトが大きくなる——は宇宙が膨張している証拠であり、ビッグバンを支持しています。

Log in or create account · ⁨ログインまたはアカウント作成⁩

IGCSE, A-Level & AP